Development 2014 Final AW · 3 DEVELOPMENT 2014 SCHOLARLY RESOURCES Christina M. Brian, Publisher...

DEVELOPMENT

2014S C H O L A R L Y R E S O U R C E S

2014 Distr ibutor of I .B .Taur is • Manchester Univers ity Press • P luto Press • Zed Books

2

Contact us to set up a trial or receive a quote:North America and Latin America: [email protected] | +1 212-451-8712Australia and New Zealand: [email protected] | +61 3 9825 1009Indian subcontinent: [email protected] China: [email protected] | +86-10-88811359Customers in the rest of the world: [email protected] | +44 (0)207 014 4225

www.palgraveconnect.com

What are the benefits?

•Perpetual access topurchased Collections

•Unlimited, concurrentaccess both remotely and on site

•The ability to print, copyand download without DRM restrictions

•EPUB format available for ebooks from 2011, 2012 and 2013 (in addition to PDF) for compatibilitywith e-readers

•Simultaneous print andonline publication with current Collections updated monthly

•Free MARC record download by collection

Highlights from the 2014 Collection

Regularly accessed titles in this subject

Political & International Studies Collection 2012




Development 2014

Collection Model: Over 100 collections based on subjects and years Build Your Own Collections: pick titles from across subject areas and years to create your own collections (minimum purchase applies).

Two flexible purchase models to choose from:

Over 1,095ebooks

availablein this area

Palgrave Connect presents libraries with a flexible approach to building an ebook Collection with over 11,000 titles offered in the Humanities, the Social Sciences and Business. Our ebooks are published simultaneously with the print edition and uploaded into the current collections.

publications are available on Palgrave Connect

Our Political & International Studies Collections publish truly interdisciplinary and rigorous research covering EU and British Politics, Comparative Politics, Public Policy, International Relations, Security Studies, Peace and Conflict Studies, International Political Economy and Asian Studies. We also publish a range of DevelopmentStudies titles with a strong focus on the Global South, including International Development, Gender, Children, Environment and Sustainability.

– Christina Brian, Publisher ’‘

3

DEVELOPMENT

2014S C H O L A R L Y R E S O U R C E S

Christina M. Brian, Publisher – Development, International Political Economy and [email protected]

Sara Doskow, Associate Editor – Development, International Relations and World [email protected]

Palgrave Macmillan offers authors the opportunity to publish at any length, across 3 formats:

• Article length, with a variety of Palgrave Journals• Mid-form, with Palgrave Pivot• Full-length books

We always welcome new proposals, whether from first-time or more experienced authors. Our Publishing Proposal Form, guidelines and full list of editorial contacts can be found at www.palgrave.com/authors.

When contacting us, to help us make a quick and authoritative decision, include as much information as possible on the form, including details about the content, a chapter plan, aims and objectives, the intended market and the competition. We will also be happy to receive your CV (and that of any co-authors/editors) and any sample material, if available.

ContentsCivil Society, NGOs and Human Rights

Development Theory

Environment and Sustainable Development

Gender and Development

IPE and Economics of Development

Migration, Ethnicity and Identity

Politics, Governance, Globalization and the State

Poverty and Human Development

Society, Culture and Development

2014 Titles from our Distribution Clients

6

11

15

18

20

39

44

53

56

Palgrave Macmillan will no longer distribute I.B.Tauris, Manchester University Press, Pluto Press and Zed Books in 2015. Please visit our website for

information about their new distributors.

69

4

Average time to publish: 9 weeks

Shortest time to publish: 5.14 weeks (Sporting Times by Kath Woodward)

Words used by scholars and librarians to describe Palgrave Pivot

EXCITING

TIMELY

INNOVATIVE

BOLD

MUCH NEEDED

IDEAL

www.palgrave.com/pivot

Average length: 135 pages

Australia National University | Columbia University | Cornell University | Dartmouth University | Harvard University | Johns Hopkins University King’s College | Nanyang Technological University | University of British Columbia | University of Cambridge | University of Edinburgh | University of Manchester | University of Melbourne | University of Notre Dame | University of Pennsylvania | University of Queensland | University of Toronto

Top-ranking universities where our authors are located:

Publishing peer reviewed, mid-length research across the Humanities, the Social Sciences and Business, within 12 weeks of acceptance.

Speed – accepted manuscripts published within 12 weeks

Flexibility – publish at lengths between the journal article and conventional monograph

Peer review – all titles are subject to rigorous peer review

Wide dissemination – all titles are available as digital collections, ebooks and as hardback editions

12

7-8,000

Benefits to Authors

Titles published to date:

270 As of June 2014

With many more titles publishing in 2014

Interested in publishing with Palgrave Pivot? Visit our Proposals page to find out more

RIGHT HEADER

5Click on the regional link to view more product information or to buy.

SALES, RIGHTS AND ORDERING

UK & EUROPE

UNITED KINGDOMLaura Parsons Tel: +44 (0)1256 302577Fax: +44 (0)1256 330688Email: [email protected]

UK DIRECT ORDERSTel: +44(0)1256 302866Fax:+44(0)1256 330688Email: [email protected]

UK LECTURER ORDERSTel: +44(0)1256 302794Fax: +44(0)1256 330688Email: [email protected]

UK TRADE ORDERSTel: +44(0)0256 302692Fax: +44(0)1256 812558Email: [email protected]

UK PRESS ENQUIRIESEmail: [email protected]

EUROPE (EXCEPT AREAS LISTED)Laura ParsonsTel: +44 (0)1256 302577Fax: +44 (0)1256 330688Email: [email protected]

CENTRAL & EASTERN EUROPEJacek LewinsonTel./fax: +48 22 6283956Mobile: +48 (0)502603290 Email: [email protected]

AUSTRIA, GERMANY & SWITZERLANDAnnika Fesch Mobile: +49 176 61358876 Landline: +49 711 12157184 Email: [email protected]

DENMARK, NORWAY, SWEDEN, FINLAND & ICELANDCaroline SummersTel: +44 (0)1256 30 2717Email: [email protected]

GREECE & CYPRUSZitsa SeraphimidiTel: +210 5245 798 Fax: +210 9816816Mobile: + 0030 6944 441184Email: [email protected]

ITALY & FRANCEDavid PickeringMare-Nostrum Tel: +39 348 3183884UK Mobile: +44 798 6559391

NETHERLANDS, BELGIUM & LUXEMBOURGCaroline SummersTel: +44 (0)1256 30 2717Email: [email protected]

SPAINTrinidad LopezTel/Fax: +34 91 3528349Email: [email protected]

LATIN AMERICA & CARIBBEAN Palgrave Macmillan LimitedTel: +44 (0)1256 329242Fax: +44 (0)1256 330688Email: [email protected]

COLOMBIAGRUPO K-T-DRA LtdaTel: +2570895/2187629 Fax: +2187629Email: [email protected]

NORTH AMERICA

Palgrave Macmillan is pleased to be the exclusive distributor of I.B.Tauris in North America, and Manchester University Press, Pluto Press and Zed Books in the U.S. Editorial queries and questions pertaining to permissions, translation, and paperback rights should be sent to:

Rights & PermissionsPalgrave Macmillan175 Fifth AvenueNew York, NY 10010Email: [email protected]

Address for orders in the U.S. & CanadaAttn.: Palgrave OrdersMPS16365 James Madison Highway (US Route 15)Gordonsville, VA 22942Email: [email protected]

To place an order by phone: 888-330-8477To place an order by fax: 800-672-2054MPS accepts orders on PUBNET. PUBNET.SAN number 6315011.

AUSTRALIA & NEW ZEALAND

AUSTRALIA & NEW ZEALANDPalgrave MacmillanTel: +61(0)3 9825 1111Fax: +61(0)3 9825 1010Email: [email protected]: www.palgravemacmillan.com.au

AFRICA

SOUTHERN AFRICAIncluding Botswana, Lesotho, Swaziland, Zimbabwe and NamibiaCory VoigtTel: +27 11 731 3300 Fax: +27 11 731 3569Email: [email protected]

ALL AREAS NOT LISTEDPalgrave Macmillan LimitedTel: +44 (0)1256 329242Fax: +44 (0)1256 330688Email: [email protected]

ASIA

HONG KONG, PHILIPPINES, THAILAND, VIETNAM & INDONESIAMacmillan Education AsiaTel: +852 2811 7176 Fax: + 852 2811 0743Email: [email protected]

KOREAMacmillan Korea Publisher LimitedTel: +82 2 723 8422Fax: +82 2 723 8424Email: [email protected]

TAIWANMacmillan Taiwan LimitedTel: +886 2 2388 3208Fax: +886 2 2375 6882Email: [email protected]

SINGAPOREPansing Distribution Pte Ltd Tel +65 6319 9939 Fax +65 6459 4930Email: [email protected]

MALAYSIAUBSD DISTRIBUTION SDN. BHD.Tel: +603 80763042Fax: +603 80763142Email: [email protected]

CHINAMacmillan LtdTel: +86 (10) 8881 1358Email: [email protected]

JAPANPalgrave Macmillan LimitedTel: +44 (0)1256 329242Fax: +44 (0)1256 330688Email: [email protected]

INDIAMacmillan Publishers India LimitedJagat BahadurManager-Customer ServicesPalgrave Macmillan2nd Floor, 2/10 Ansari Road, Daryaganj,New Delhi 110 002, IndiaPhone: +91 11 2325 4020e-mail: [email protected]: +91 88268 95838Fax: +91 11 23272993www.palgrave.com

PAKISTANM. Anwer IqbalBook Bird, 36-B, AbdalianTel: +92 42 35956161Mobile: +92 313 8464747Email: [email protected]

MIDDLE EAST

ALL AREAS NOT LISTEDAhmed El-ShawarbyEmail: [email protected]

CIVIL SOCIETY, NGOS AND HUMAN RIGHTS

6

An Intellectual History of Political CorruptionBruce Buchan, School of Humanities, Griffith University, Australia, Lisa Hill, University of Adelaide, Australia“Bruce Buchan and Lisa Hill’s An Intellectual History of Political Corruption marks an important step in the contextualization of the problem of corruption in public affairs as a recurrent and pronounced issue over centuries of Western thought. The project undertaken by the authors is innovative not only for its solid historical scholarship, but also for its relevance to contemporary historical concerns. They illustrate brilliantly why the study of the history of ideas remains a necessary component of any full understanding of contemporary politics.”—Cary J. Nederman, Department of Political Science,Texas A&M University, USA

Few concepts have witnessed a more dramatic resurgence of interest in recent years than corruption. This book provides a compelling historical and conceptual analysis of corruption which demonstrates a persistent oscillation between restrictive ‘public office’ and expansive ‘degenerative’ connotations of corruption from classical Antiquity to 1800.

Contents: Introduction* 1. Conceptions of Political Corruption in Antiquity * 2. Patronage, Politics and Perishability in Early Medieval Political Thought * 3. From Baratteria to Broglio: The Perils of Public Office in Medieval and Renaissance Political Thought * 4. Affection, Interest and Office in Early Modernity * 5. Ideological Change in Eighteenth Century Britain * 6. The Historical Vicissitudes of Corruption * Conclusion

Political Corruption and Governance

January 2014 UK January 2014 US 296pp Hardback £65.00 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 9780230308886 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Mediated CitizenshipThe Informal Politics of Speaking for Citizens in the Global South

Edited by Bettina von Lieres, University of Toronto Scarborough, Canada, Laurence Piper, University of Western Cape, South Africa

Drawing on case studies from the global South, this book explores the politics of mediated citizenship in which citizens are represented to the state through third party intermediaries. The studies show that mediation is both widely practiced and multi-directional and that it has an important role to play in deepening democracy in the global South.

Contents: Introduction: The Crucial Role of Mediators in Relations between States and Citizens; Laurence Piper and Bettina von Lieres * PART I: MEDIATING THE CITY * 1. Mediation and the Contradictions of Representing the Urban Poor in South Africa: The Case of Sanco Leaders in Imizamo Yethu in Cape Town, South Africa * 2. Citizen Power or State Weakness? The Enduring History of Collective Action in a Hyderabadi Bazaar; Shylashri shankar * 3. The Politics of Mediation in Fragile Democracies: Building New Social Contracts Through, and for, Democratic Citizenship in Angola; Bettina von Lieres * 4. ‘Parallel Power’ In Rio de Janeiro: Coercive Mediators and the Fragmentation of Citizenship in the Favela; Joanna wheeler * PART II: MEDIATING THE NATIONAL * 5. Challenging the Gatekeepers: Disability Rights Advocacy and the Struggle for Self-Representation within Lebanon’s Postwar Sectarian Democracy; Paul Kingston * 6. Mediation in India’s Policy Spaces; Deepta Chopra * and more

Frontiers of Globalization

September 2014 UK September 2014 US 304pp 3 b/w tables, 2 figures Hardback £65.00 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 9781137405302 Canadian Rights ebooks available



The Palgrave Handbook of Global Political PsychologyEdited by Paul Nesbitt-Larking, Department of Political Science, Huron University College, Canada and School of Health and Human Sciences, University of Huddersfield, UK, Catarina Kinnvall, Department of Political Science, Lund Unversity, Sweden, Tereza Capelos, Department of Politics, Uniiversity of Surrey, UK, Henk Dekker, Graduate School of Social and Behavioural Sciences, Ledien University, The Netherlands "A long overview to the study of political psychology in Europe edited and written by leading scholars in the field. Individual chapters address approaches, methods and topics that resonate in Europe and in a way that makes them accessible to students and anyone else who wants to know more about the subject. This book as a whole meets a high intellectual and educational standard." — Richard Ned Lebow, Department of War Studies, King’s College London, University of London, UK

This collection recalibrates the study of political psychology through detailed and much needed analysis of the discipline’s most important and hotly contested issues. It advances our understanding of the psychological mechanisms that drive political phenomena while showcasing a range of approaches in the study of these phenomena.

Contents: PART I: INTRODUCTION * 1. Introduction: Origins, Developments and Current Trends; Tereza Capelos, Henk Dekker, Catarina Kinnvall and Paul Nesbitt-Larking * PART II: METHODOLOGICAL APPROACHES * 2. Social Representations and the Politics of Participation; Caroline Howarth, Eleni Andreouli and Shose Kessi * 3. Social Identity Theory and Self-Categorisation Theory; Denis Sindic and Susan Condor * 4. Psychoanalysis as Political Political Psychology; Stephen Frosh * 5. Methodological Approaches in Political Psychology: Discourse and Narrative; Phillip L. Hammack and Andrew Pilecki * 6. Dialogical Approaches to Psychology and Ethics; Sarah Scuzzarello * 7. Experiments: Insights and Power in the Study of Causality; Tereza Capelos * PART III: THEMES * 8. Lessons from the Postcolony: Frantx Fanon, Psychoanalysis and a Psychology of Political Critique; Ross Truscott and Derek Hook * 9. Conflict Analysis and International Relations; Karin Aggestam * 10. ‘Do the Terrorists have Goatee Beards?’: Contemporary Understandings of Terrorisms and the Terrorist; James McAuley * 11. Gender, Race and Ethnic Relations; Sebastian E. Bartos and Peter Hegarty * 12. Voting and Not Voting: The Principal Explanations; Henk Dekker * PART IV: HOT ISSUES * 13. Political Emotions; Nicolas Demertzis * 14. Group-Focused Enmity: Prevalence, Correlations and Causes of Prejudices in Europe; Beate Küpper and Andreas Zick * 15. Political Psychology of European Integration; Ian Manners * 16. Migration and Multiculturalism; Paul Nesbitt-Larking * 17. Political and Civic Participation among Ethnic Majority and Minority Youth; Dimitra Pachi, Theopisti Chrysanthaki and Martyn Barrett * 18. Fear, Insecurity and the (Re) Emergence of the Far Right in Europe; Catarina Kinnvall * 19. A Political Psychology of Conflict: The Case of Northern Ireland; Neil Ferguson, Orla Muldoon and Shelley McKeown * 20. Narrating Moments of Political Change; Molly Andrews * 21. The Culture of Conflict and its Routinisation; Daniel Bar-Tal, Guy Abutul Selinger and Amiram Raviv * 22. Narrative Constructions of Conflict and Coexistence: The Case of Bosnia-Hezegovina; Johanna Mannergren Selimovic * 23. Political Socialisation and Social Movements: Escaping the Political Past? Igor Petrović, JAcquelien van Stekelenberg and Bert Klandermans * PART V: CONCLUSION * 24. Ideology, Society and the State: Global Political Psychology in Retrospect; Paul Nesbitt-Larking

Palgrave Studies in Political Psychology

October 2014 UK October 2014 US 464pp 2 figures, 5 b/w tables Hardback £150.00 / $225.00 / CN$279.00 9781137291172 Canadian Rights ebooks available


7Click on the regional link to view more product information or to buy.Click on the regional link to view more product information or to buy.

Global Activism in Food PoliticsPower Shift

Alana Mann, University of Sydney, Australia“This book offers a comprehensive, multi-dimensional account of the global food system and the generation of a burgeoning food sovereignty counter-movement from crisis. Not only does the author provide a substantive mapping of the structuring and institutional politics of agribusiness from production to retailing; she also details the organising trajectory and culture of global opposition through cumulative networking and successful discursive reframing of what is at stake in a food insecure and environmentally challenged world. A didactic and challenging template to agri-food scholars and activists alike.” —Philip McMichael, Professor of Development Sociology, Cornell University, USA

Alana Mann explores the food sovereignty campaigns of civil society organisations in Chile, Mexico and Spain in the context of their membership of global social movement La Via Campesina.

Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. An Undemocratic Food System * 3. The Peasant Way, Thorough Food Sovereignty * 4. Poor, Rural and Indigenous: The Treble Struggle of Chilean Women * 5. From the Tequila Crisis to the Tortilla Crisis: The Case of Mexican agriculture * 6. Challenging Notions of Sovereignty: The Basque Farmers * and more.

International Relations and Development Series

May 2014 UK May 2014 US 224pp 5 b/w tables Hardback £58.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 9781137341396 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Edited by Christien van den Anker, Reader in Politics, University of the West of England, UK

Göran Collste, Linköping University, Sweden

"This book covers a significant gap in the literature on global justice by focusing on an important topic: that of rectificatory justice for past international injustices… It corners a nice niche and should serve as a reference point for future discussion on the subject, which it will also help excite." —Kok-Chor Tan, University of Pennsylvania, USA

What are the implications of colonialism for a theory of global justice today? What does rectificatory justice mean in the light of colonialism? What does global rectificatory justice require in practice? The author seeks to answer these questions covering a significant gap in the literature on global justice.

Contents: Preface * 1. Introduction * 2. The Discussion on Global Justice. A Missing Premise * 3. Colonialism * 4. Five Cases of Colonialism * 5. The Legacy of Colonialism * 6. Restoring the Epistemic Privilege * 7. Claims for Justice After Colonialism * 8. The Meaning of Rectificatory Justice After Colonialism * 9. Ways Forward; Rectification, Forgiveness and Reconciliation * 10. Rectificatory Justice – the Philosophical Discussion * 11. Rectification for Slavery * 12. Is a Generous Immigration Policy a Way to Rectify for Colonial Injustices? * 13. Changing the Global Order: the Case of TRIPS * 14. Conclusions and Implications

December 2014 UK December 2014 US 208pp 1 figure Hardback £58.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 9781137466112 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Equality in International SocietyA Reappraisal

Ronnie Hjorth, Swedish National Defence College, Sweden

The author re-examines the concept of equality in international society, past and present. The view that equality necessarily flows from sovereignty is considered a contingent rather than a necessary contention. A new framework for equality in international society is sketched out emphasising the normative strength of the principle of equality.

Contents: Preface * 1. Introduction * 2. Concepts, Approaches, Devices * PART I: HISTORY: A BACKWARD GLANCE * 3. Two Naturalist Theories * 4. Hobbes and the Constructivist Theory of Equality * 5. Equality and Hierarchy * 6. Sovereign Equality and its Discontents * Conclusions * PART II. THEORY: A FRESH BEGINNING * 7. Equality Without Sovereignty * 8. A New Framework for Equality * 9. The Limits of International Society * Conclusions * Bibliography

October 2014 UK October 2014 US 192pp Hardback £58.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 9780230393158 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Refugee Politics in the Middle East and North AfricaHuman Rights, Safety, and Identity

AKM Ahsan Ullah, American University in Cairo, Egypt“Refugee movements are among the world’s most pressing issues, yet our understanding of them remains limited. This study provides new and valuable insights into the complex dynamics of refugees in one of the regions most influenced by them – the Middle East and North Africa. Its examination of the ongoing Arab uprising is especially valuable.” —Graeme Hugo, ARC Australian Professorial Fellow, Professor of Geography and Director of the Australian Population and Migration Research Centre, University of Adelaide, Australia

Ahsan Ullah provides an insightful analysis of migration and displacement in the Middle East and North Africa.

He examines the intricate relationship of these phenomena with human rights, safety concerns and issues of identity crisis and identity formation.

Contents: 1. Rights, Safety and Identity: The Context of Forced Mobility in the MENA * 2. MENA: Geopolitics of Conflicts and Refugees * 3. Refugees in Camps: Anatomy of an Identity Crisis * 4. Refugee Safety and Humanitarianism Discourse * 5. Refugee Rights, Protection and Existing Instruments * 6. Arab Uprising and New Dimensions of Refugee Crises * 7. Discussions and Policy Implications

May 2014 UK May 2014 US 232pp 1 b/w photo, 1 b/w table, 4 charts, 4 diagrams Hardback £65.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 9781137356529 Canadian Rights ebooks available

GLOBAL ETHICS SERIES


8

Private Development Aid in EuropeForeign Aid between the Public and the Private Domain

Edited by Paul Hoebink, Centre for International Development Issues Nijmegen, Radboud University, The Netherlands, Lau Schulpen, Centre for International Development Issues Nijmegen, Radboud University, The Netherlands

The authors present an overview of private development aid in Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Ireland, Italy, The Netherlands, Spain, and the EU as a whole. They illustrate how private aid organisations receive support as well as the relations they have with their respective governments.

Contents: 1. Private Aid Agencies in the 21st Century: An Introduction; Paul Hoebink and Lau Schulpen * 2. Mapping the Belgian NGDO Landscape in Relation to Development Cooperation: Dealing with Fragmentation and Emerging Complexities; Leen Nijs, Nadia Molenaers and Huib Huyse * 3. Corporatism and the development of private aid organisations in Denmark; Lars Engberg Pedersen, Neil Webster and Torsten Geelan * 4. Non-Governmental Development Organisations (NGDO) and Finland’s Development Policy; Lauri Siitonen * 5. Irish Development NGOs and the Official Aid Programme of Ireland: A ‘Special’ Relationship?; Eamonn Casey and Helen O’Neill * 6. Condemned to Each Other – NGDO-Government Relations in the Netherlands; Lau Schulpen and Paul Hoebink * 7. Spanish Development NGOs and the State: A Continuously Evolving Relationship; Christian Freres and Ignacio Martínez * 8. Development Cooperation in New EU Member States: The Role of Non-Governmental Organisations; Maja Bucar, Anja Mesic and Eva Plibersek * 9. From Flats and Mountains: Comparing European Private Aid and Government Support for Private aid Organisations; Paul Hoebink and Lau Schulpen

EADI Global Development Series

November 2014 UK November 2014 US 320pp 36 b/w tables, 15 figures Hardback £65.00 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 9781137009784 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Making China StrongThe Role of Nationalism in Chinese Thinking on Democracy and Human Rights

Robert Weatherley, Mills and Reeve LLP, UK

Robert Weatherley argues that Chinese perceptions of democracy and human rights have been heavily influenced by the pressing issue of how to make China strong in the face of a perceived threat posed by foreign imperialism, be it military imperialism during the previous two centuries and cultural imperialism in more recent decades.

Contents: 1. Saving the Empire: Democracy and Rights in the Late Qing Dynasty * 2. Building a New China: Democracy and Rights in the Early Republican Period (1912-1928) * 3. Towards Authoritarianism: Withholding Democracy for the Good of the Nation (1928-49) * 4. Protecting the People’s Republic: Mass Democracy and Class Rights in the Mao and Early Post-Mao Eras *

5. From Military Imperialism to Cultural Imperialism: Democracy and Rights in the Post-Mao Era

Politics and Development of Contemporary China

February 2014 UK February 2014 US 232pp Hardback £57.50 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 9780230284616 Canadian Rights ebooks available

ASEAN’s Engagement of Civil SocietyRegulating Dissent

Kelly Gerard, University of Western Australia“In this timely, rigorously researched and theoretically informed work, Kelly Gerard analyses ASEAN’s engagement with regional civil society, going beyond current writings that uncritically laud that engagement as indicative of progress towards participatory regionalism or simply dismiss such engagement as mere window dressing. Using Kanishka Jayasuriya and Garry Rodan’s ‘mode of political participation’ approach that usefully distinguishes between participation, representation and contestation, the book confirms the rhetorical nature of ASEAN’s engagement with civil society and, importantly, tells us why and how this has been accomplished. It is valuable reading for all those

interested in understanding the intricacies and intrigues involved in ASEAN’s journey towards participatory regionalism.” — Helen E S Nesadurai, Monash University, Malaysia Campus

This book offers an innovative framework for understanding the role of civil society in regional and global policymaking. Using political economy analysis, Gerard demonstrates that ASEAN’s people-oriented agenda builds legitimacy, while sidelining its detractors.

Contents: 1. A ‘People-Oriented’ ASEAN? * 2. Civil Society Consultations: Explaining Why and How * 3. ASEAN and Associational Life in Southeast Asia * 4. Civil Society Participation in Spaces Established by ASEAN * 5. Civil Society Participation in Spaces Recognized by ASEAN * 6. Civil Society Participation in ‘Created Spaces’ * 7. Engaging Civil Society and Regulating Dissent

Critical Studies of the Asia-Pacific

May 2014 UK May 2014 US 216pp 1 figure, 6 b/w tables Hardback £58.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 9781137359469 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Growing Up in PovertyFindings from Young Lives

Edited by Michael Bourdillon, University of Zimbabwe, Zimbabwe, Jo Boyden, University of Oxford, UK

This book presents the latest evidence from Young Lives, a unique international study of children and poverty. It shows how the persistence of inequality amid general economic growth is leaving some extremely poor children behind, despite the promises of the Millennium Development Goals.

Contents: Introduction: Child Poverty and the Centrality of Schooling; Michael Bourdillon and Jo Boyden * PART I: POVERTY AND THE LIVES OF GROWING CHILDREN * 1. How Does Where Children Live Affect How They Develop? Evidence from Communities in Ethiopia and Vietnam; Paul Dornan and María José Ogando Portela * 2. Family Socio-economic Status, Mother’s

Psychosocial Skills and Children’s Human Capital: Evidence from Four Low- and Middle-Income Countries; Andreas Georgiadis and Priscila Hermida * 3. ‘I Am Dependent On My Children’s Support’: Risk and Protective Factors for Children Experiencing Adverse Events; María José Ogando Portela and Kirrily Pells * 4. Gender, Agency and Poverty: Children’s Everyday Experiences in Andhra Pradesh and Vietnam; Gina Crivello, Vu Thi Thanh Huong and Uma Vennam * PART II: HOW DOES SCHOOLING HELP THE POOR? * 5. Schooling and Cognitive Outcomes from Childhood to Youth: A Longitudinal Analysis; Caine Rolleston and Zoe James * and more

Palgrave Studies on Children and Development

August 2014 UK August 2014 US 304pp 37 b/w tables Hardback £65.00 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 9781137404022 Canadian Rights ebooks available



NGOs under Pressure in Partial DemocraciesChris van der Borgh, Centre for Conflict Studies, Utrecht University, The Netherlands, Carolijn Terwindt, European Centre for Constitutional and Human Rights, Germany

Over the past decade, international human rights organizations and think tanks have expressed a growing concern that the space of civil society organizations around the world is under pressure. This book examines the pressures experienced by NGOs in four partial democracies: Guatemala, Honduras, Indonesia and the Philippines.

Contents: Introduction * PART I: PRESSURES ON CIVIL SOCIETY IN PARTIAL DEMOCRACIES * 1. Introduction * 2. Partly Free, Partly Democratic? * 3. Civil Society Organizations and Arenas

of Contention * 4. Partial Democracy and Pressures on Civil Society: Tentative Explanations * PART II: POLITICAL SPACE OF NGOS * 5. Introduction * 6. NGOs, Political Space and Pressures * 7. Pressures on Political Space: an Overview * 8. Explaining Pressures on NGOs * 9. Research Methodology * PART III: NATIONAL CONTEXTS: PARTIAL DEMOCRATIZATION AND CIVIL SOCIETY * 10. Introduction * 11. Guatemala * 12. Honduras * 13. Philippines * 14. Indonesia * 15. Conclusion * PART IV: POLITICAL SPACE UNDER PRESSURE: TRENDS AND PATTERNS * 16. Promotion of Sensitive Rights * 17. Promotion of Truth, Good Governance and the Rule of Law * 18. Claiming Natural Resources * 19. Contesting Regime Legitimacy * 20. Insecurity * 21. Conclusion * PART V: DEFENDING, CLAIMING AND NEGOTIATING POLITICAL SPACE * 22. Introduction * 23. Responses: an overview * 24. Defensive responses * 25. Proactive responses * 26. Conclusion * Conclusion * Annex * Bibliography

Non-Governmental Public Action

August 2014 UK August 2014 US 256pp 1 table, 4 figures Hardback £65.00 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 9780230368347 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Child SponsorshipExploring Pathways to a Brighter Future

Edited by Brad Watson, Avondale College of Higher Education, Australia, Matthew Clarke, Faculty of Arts, Deakin University, Australia "I commend this book as being foundational for a considered discussion by scholars and practitioners of what CS has been in the past, continues to be today, and can be tomorrow."—Jayakumar Christain, Director of World Vision India.

This book reviews the remarkable growth, diversity and challenges of child sponsorship. It features the latest progress in child sponsorship practice and necessary tensions experienced by some organisations as they seek to maximise impact.

Contents: 1. Introduction to Key Issues in Child Sponsorship; Brad Watson and Matthew Clarke * 2. Origins of Child Sponsorship: Save the Children Fund in the 1920s; Brad Watson * 3. A typology of Child Sponsorship Activity; Brad Watson * 4. Issues in Historic Child Sponsorship; Brad Watson, Harwood Lockton and Manohar Pawar * 5. Excellence or Exit: Transforming Save the Children’s Child Sponsorship Programming; Amy Jo Dowd, Céline Gustavson and Earl Moran * 6. Child sponsorship and rights-based interventions at Plan: Tensions and synergies; Han Dijsselbloem, Justin Fugle and Uwe Gneiting * 7. World Vision – Moving sponsorship along the development continuum; Brett Pierce and Christabel Kalaiselvi * 8. Holistic Child Development through sponsorship and church partnership; Alistair T R Sim and Mark Peters * 9. Children at the Centre: Children International, child sponsorship and community empowerment in underserved areas; Jim Cook and Damon Guinn * 10. Baptist World Aid: Transition to a Child Centred Community Development Approach; Anthony Sell and Felicity Wever * 11. Through the Eyes of the Sponsored; Anthony Ware and Brad Watson * 12. World Vision, Organizational Identity, and the Evolution of Child Sponsorship; David King * 13. Give and take? Child sponsors and the ethics of giving; Frances Rabbitts * 14. Child Sponsorship as Development Education in the Northern Classroom; Rachel Tallon * 15. Child Sponsorship: A Path to its Future; Matthew Clarke and Brad Watson

August 2014 UK August 2014 US 272pp 18 illustrations, 24 figures Hardback £65.00 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 9781137309594 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Partnerships, Power and PeacebuildingNGOs as Agents of Peace in Aceh and Timor-Leste

Thushara Dibley, University of Sydney, Australia

By highlighting the scope and limitations of local NGO agencies, this book presents a unique perspective of the relationship between peacebuilding theory and its application in practice, outlining how well-educated, well-connected local decision makers and thinkers navigate the uneven power dynamics of the international aid system.

Contents: Introduction * 1. Landscapes of Partnership * 2. Contract Relationships * 3. Partner-Driven Relationships * 4. Networked Relationships * Conclusion

Rethinking Peace and Conflict Studies

September 2014 UK September 2014 US 216pp Hardback £58.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 9781137369697 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Civil Society and Democracy PromotionEdited by Timm Beichelt, European University Viadrina, Irene Hahn, European University Viadrina, Frank Schimmelfennig, Center for Comparative and International Studies, Susann Worschech, European University Viadrina"This volume breaks new ground by delving into the ‘black box’ that connects civil society and democracy promotion. Its contributions combine innovative theorizing and rich empirical case studies that will reinvigorate ongoing debates about the democratic influences and effects of civil society." —Marc M. Howard, Department of Government, Georgetown University, USA

With contributions from experts on democracy promotion, this volume examines civil society development and external civil society promotion in post-socialist Europe. It focuses on countries with a failed or deficient process of democratic consolidation looking at unintended consequences of external democracy promotion on civil society development.

Contents: 1. Introduction; Irene Hahn-Fuhr and Susann Worschech * 2. External Democracy Promotion and Divided Civil Society: The Missing Link; Irene Hahn-Fuhr and Susann Worschech * 3. External Democracy Promotion and Civil Society in Non-Democratic Regimes – Modes and Effects; Timm Beichelt and Wolfgang Merkel * 4. From the Unity of Goodness to Conflicting Objectives: The Inherent Tensions in the External Promotion of Democracy and Civil Society; Jonas Wolff * 5. The Changing Nature of EU Support to Civil Society; Natalia Shapovalova and Richard Youngs * 6. On the Tradeoffs of Assisting Civil Society Development Abroad: The Case of the Eastern EU Civic Democracy Promoters; Tsveta Petrova * 7. Democratization from Below: Civil Society Versus Social Movements?; Donatella Della Porta * 8. Engineered Civil Society: the impact of 20 years of Democracy Promotion on Civil society Development in the Former Soviet Countries; Armine Ishkanian * and more

Challenges to Democracy in the 21st Century

February 2014 UK February 2014 US 248pp 4 figures, 11 b/w tables Hardback £65.00 / $85.00 / CN$98.00 9781137291080 Canadian Rights ebooks available


10

Democracy and CrisisDemocratising Governance in the Twenty-First Century

Edited by Benjamin Isakhan, Centre for Citizenship and Globalization, Deakin University, Australia, Steven Slaughter, Deakin University, Australia "This volume assembles an impressive range of scholars to address the problems of democratic governance emerging in the wake of the Global Financial Crisis. Significantly, they show that the GFC and other contemporary crises highlight problems inherent to the complex relationship of democracy and governance and which therefore resist simple solutions."—Adrian Little, Professor of Political Theory, University of Melbourne, Australia

Recent years have seen constant reports on the failures of governance and the crisis of democracy. By examining

cases like the Global Financial Crisis, the Arab Revolutions and Wikileaks this volume highlights tensions between governance and democracy during times of crisis and examines the prospects of democratising governance in the 21st Century.

Contents: PART I: RECONSIDERING GOVERNANCE * PART II: THE GLOBAL FINANCIAL CRISIS AND DEMOCRACY * PART III: TRANSITIONAL AND TRANSNATIONAL ATTEMPTS TO DE3MOCRATISE GOVERNANCE * PART IV: GLOBAL GOVERNANCE AND DEMOCRATIC CRISES

May 2014 UK May 2014 US 288pp 1 b/w table Hardback £65.00 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 9781137326034 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Reassessing LukashenkaBelarus in Cultural and Geopolitical Context

Grigory Ioffe, Geospatial Department, Radford University, USA"In this refreshing rejection of globalist doxa concerning the march of democracy, Grigory Ioffe offers a balanced and informed account of one of the contemporary world’s most successful political leaders, showing how Alexander Lukashenka has channeled the cultural imperatives of his country and exploited Belarus’s strategic position to craft a distinct socio-economic order whose overriding ethos is equality of condition." —Michael Urban, Emeritus Professor of Politics, University of California, Santa Cruz, USA

What are the factors of Lukashenka’s longevity at the helm of power? This question is addressed in the context of Belarusian history and identity, not as an outcome of a form of government deceitfully imposed on an allegedly benighted people whom better positioned and informed outsiders seek to enlighten and liberate.

Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. Belarusian Economy * 3. Belarusian Society * 4. Belarus and the West: From Estrangement to Honeymoon and Back to Estrangement * 5. Lukashenka’s Rise to Power and Belarusian Politics * 6. Lukashenka’s Personality and Worldview * 7. Addendum: Interviews

September 2014 UK September 2014 US 296pp 7 figures, 13 b/w tables, 5 b/w illustrations Hardback £65.00 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 9781137436740 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Mapping Mass MobilizationUnderstanding Revolutionary Moments in Argentina and Ukraine

Olga Onuch, University of Oxford, UK

Through a paired comparison of two moments of mass mobilization, in Ukraine and Argentina, focusing on the role of different actors involved, this text maps out a multi-layered sequence of events leading up to mass mobilization.

Contents: 1. Introduction: The Shock and Awe of Moments of Mass Mobilization * 2. Theoretical Framework for Comparative Analysis of Mass Mobilization * PART II * 3. Mapping Moments and Movements in Ukraine and Eastern Europe 1920-2004 * 4. Mapping Moments and Movements in Argentina and Latin America 1920-2001 * PART III * 5. Setting Precedents: Medium-term Structural Factors in the Mobilization Process * 6. Context is Only Part of the Puzzle: Short-term Structural Factors in the Mass Mobilization Process * PART IV * 7. The Activist and Elite Interaction and Information Exchange Game * 8. The Duty to Protest: Participation of ‘Ordinary’ People in Mass Mobilization * 9. Conclusions: Understanding Revolutionary Moments and Movements * Epilogue: It Happened Again: The 2014 EuroMaidan Mass Mobilization in Ukraine

October 2014 UK October 2014 US 256pp 43 figures, 2 maps Hardback £65.00 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 9781137409768 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Gender, Military Effectiveness, and Organizational ChangeThe Swedish Model

Robert Egnell, Center for Security Studies, Georgetown University, USA, Petter Hojem, Centre for Business and Policvy Studies, SNS, Sweden, Hannes Berts, Sthlm Policy Group AB “If military units are to operate effectively in the population-centric operations of the 21st Century, as well as to combat sexual violence in war, the commanders, their staffs and their forces need to be properly prepared to meet the challenges they face, including understanding the gender aspects of operations. This book is therefore a timely and important contribution to that process and I commend it to those whose responsibility it is to train and prepare our soldiers, sailors, airmen/women and marines for operations.” —General Sir Richard

Shirreff, Deputy Supreme Allied Commander Europe (DCACEUR).

Through extensive analysis of the Swedish Armed Forces this study explores the possibilities and pitfalls of implementing of a gender perspective in military organizations and operations. It established a number of important lessons for similar attempts in other countries and discusses the continued process of implementation in the Swedish military.

Contents: 1. Introduction: The Accomplishments and the Challenges * 2. Gender, Feminism, and Military Effectiveness * 3. Changing the Armed Forces * 4. A Gender Perspective in the Field of Operations * 5.Recruitment, harassment, and equal rights: Human Resources Policies. 6. Evaluating the Process and Impact of Change * 7. Conclusion: Improving and Spreading the Implementation

May 2014 UK May 2014 US 200pp Hardback £58.00 / $95.00 / CN$108.00 9781137385048 Canadian Rights ebooks available

DEVELOPMENT THEORY


Walking PreyHow America’s Youth Are Vulnerable to Sex Slavery

Holly Austin Smith, advocate for human trafficking victims, USA

Walking Prey reveals the shocking extent of sex trafficking in affluent western countries. Advocate Holly Austin Smith, a former sex trafficking victim, argues that thousands of children are at risk of being sold into prostitution, and shows how popular culture is fuelling this dangerous trend.

Contents: Prologue * Introduction * 1. Individual Risk Factors * 2. Community Risk Factors * 3. The Willing Victim * 4. Advertising to Children and Teens * 5. Negative Messages in Popular Culture * 6. Violence Against Women * 7. The Buyers * 8. Control and Violence * 9. The Rules of Trafficking * 10. The Rescue * 11. Immediate Aftercare for CSEC Victims * 12. Intermediate and Long-term

Aftercare * 13. Action and Advocacy * Epilogue * Appendix A: Resources for Parents of Victims * Appendix B: Tips for Law Enforcement and Other First Responders * Appendix C: 10 Tips for Teens for Protection against Traffickers * Appendix D: 10 Tips for Parents to Protect your Children from Predators * Appendix E: 10 Tips for Elementary School Teachers and Counselors * Appendix F: 10 Tips for Middle School Teachers and Counselors * Appendix G: Psychiatric Evaluation Screening Services #1 * Appendix H: Psychiatric Evaluation Screening Services #2 * Appendix I: Discharge Summary * Appendix J: Short Stay Discharge Summary

April 2014 UK March 2014 US 256pp Hardback £17.99 / $27.00 / CN$31.00 9781137278739 Canadian Rights ebooks available

How the Internet Shapes Collective ActionsSandy Schumann, Université Libre de Bruxelles, Belgium

After a Facebook rebellion in Egypt and Twitter protests in Turkey, the internet has been proclaimed as a globe-shifting, revolutionizing force that can incite complex social phenomena such as collective actions. This book critically assesses this claim and highlights how internet use can shape mobilizing processes to foster collective actions.

December 2014 UK December 2014 US 128pp Hardback £45.00 / $67.50 / CN$78.00 9781137439994 Canadian Rights

DEVELOPMENT THEORY

Transnational PartnershipsEffectively Providing for Sustainable Development?

Edited by Marianne Beisheim, German Institute for International and Security Affairs, Andrea Liese, University of Potsdam, Germany

Why are some transnational public-private partnerships (PPPs) highly effective, while others are not? The contributors compare 21 transnationalppPs that seek to provide collective goods in the field of sustainable development.

Contents: PART I: INTRODUCTION AND ANALYTICAL FRAMEWORK * 1. Introduction: Transnational Partnerships for Sustainable Development; Marianne Beisheim, Andrea Liese, and Jasmin Lorch * 2. Research Design: Measuring and Explaining the Effectiveness ofppPs; Andrea Liese and Marianne Beisheim * PART II: CASE STUDIES: EFFECTIVENESS AND INTERNAL DYNAMICS

OF DIFFERENT TYPES OF TRANSNATIONALppPS * 3. Partnerships for Health – Special Focus: Service Provision; Marco Schäferhoff * 4. Partnerships for Decent Work and Food – Special Focus: Standard Setting; Chistopher Kaan * 5. Partnerships for Water and Energy – Special Focus: Knowledge Transfer; Sabine Campe * 6. Who Governs Partnerships? On the Role of Boards, Donors, Partners, and Other Stakeholders; Marianne Beisheim, Andrea Liese, and Christian Vosseler * PART III: CASE STUDIES: LOCAL-LEVEL PROJECTS OF SERVICE PARTNERSHIPS IN EAST AFRICA AND SOUTH ASIA * 7. CanppPs make it anywhere? How limited statehood and other area factors influenceppP effectiveness; Andrea Liese, Hannah Janetschek, and Johanna Sarre * 8. What’s the ‘Best Fit’? Partnership Project Design and its Influence on Effectiveness; Marianne Beisheim, Hannah Janetschek, and Johanna Sarre * PART IV: CONCLUSION * 9. Summing Up: Key Findings and Avenues for Future Research; Marianne Beisheim and Andrea Liese

Governance and Limited Statehood

February 2014 UK February 2014 US 288pp 25 b/w tables, 2 b/w line drawings Hardback £65.00 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 9781137359520 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Development in Difficult Sociopolitical ContextsFragile, Failed, Pariah

Edited by Anthony Ware, Deakin University, Australia

This edited volume explores development in the so-called ‘fragile’, ‘failed’ and ‘pariah’ states. It examines the literature on both fragile states and their development, and offers eleven case studies on countries ranking in the ‘very high alert’ and ‘very high warning’ categories in the Fund for Peace Failed States Index.

Contents: Foreword; Win Naude, United Nations University’s Maastricht Economic and Social Research Institute on Innovation and Technology (UNU-MERIT) * Preface; Anthony Ware * PART I: THEORY AND THEMES, COMPLEXITY AND CHALLENGES *PART II: CASE STUDIES: DEVELOPMENT IN SO-CALLED ‘FRAGILE STATES’, ‘FAILED STATES’ AND ‘PARIAH STATES’ * PART III: CONCLUSION

Rethinking International Development series

August 2014 UK August 2014 US 304pp 8 b/w tables, 9 figures Hardback £73.00 / $115.00 / CN$133.00 9781137347626 Canadian Rights ebooks available

DEVELOPMENT THEORY

12

Auditing Good Government in AfricaPublic Sector Reform, Professional Norms and the Development Discourse

Maria Gustavson, University of Gothernberg, Department of Political Science“This book does a masterful job of clarifying how public officials in developing countries handle foreign inspired administrative reforms and international practices, in relation to their local circumstances. It offers an excellent set of case studies that demonstrate how a distinct professional identity among African public auditors has emerged. Policy-makers, professionals and scholars should be grateful to have such a well-crafted, finely-balanced contribution to the literature on organizational change and professionalization.” —Odd-Helge Fjeldstad, Chr. Michelsen Institute and the International Centre for Tax and Development

Gustavson gives a comprehensive overview of the literature on development in Sub-Saharan Africa, and challenges the notions of African public officials presented there. It focuses on public audit institutions and offers rich empirical research results, which contradicts many assumptions made in the literature on development in Sub-Saharan Africa.

Contents: Acknowledgments * 1. Introduction - Good Government and Development in Africa * 2. The Dynamics of Public Sector Reform –Two Research Traditions * 3. The African Context of Public Auditors * 4. State Audit Conceptualized * 5. The National Audit Offices of Botswana and Namibia * 6. Dimensions of Development - Transnational Professional Communities * 7. Conclusions * Appendix * References

Executive Politics and Governance

January 2014 UK January 2014 US 224pp 2 b/w tables Hardback £58.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 9781137282712 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Global Sport-for-DevelopmentCritical Perspectives

Edited by Nico Schulenkorf, University of Technology, Sydney, Daryl Adair

This book provides a critical approach to sport-for-development, acknowledging the potential of this growing field but emphasising challenges, problems and limitations – particularly if programs are not adequately planned, delivered or monitored.

Contents: 1. Sport-for-Development: The Emergence and Growth of a New Genre; Daryl Adair and Nico Schulenkorf * 2. The Sport for Development and Peace Sector: A Critical Sociological Analysis; Richard Giulianotti and Gary Armstrong * 3. De-Colonising the Politics and Practice of Sport-for-Development: Critical Insights from Postcolonial Feminist Theory and Methods; Simon Darnell and Lyndsay Hayhurst * 4. Sport-for-Development: Pessimism of the Intellect, Optimism of the Will; Fred Coalter * 5. The Ripple

Effect: Critical Pragmatism, Conflict Resolution and Peace Building through Sport in Deeply Divided Societies; John Sugden *and more

Global Culture and Sport Series

January 2014 UK January 2014 US 280pp 8 figures, 2 b/w tables Hardback £65.00 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 9781137289629 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Methodological Challenges and New Approaches to Research in International Development

Edited by Laura Camfield, University of East Anglia, UK

Development researchers face many challenges in producing robust and persuasive analyses, often within a short time-frame. This edited volume tackles these challenges head-on, using examples from other fields to provide practical guidance to research producers and users.

Contents: List Of Tables And Figures * Acknowledgements * Notes On Contributors * 1. Introduction Laura Camfield * 1.1. Background * 1.2. Quality Of Research In International Development * 1.3. Chapter Outlines * 1.4. References * PART I: RELATIONSHIPS * 2. Ethics, Intimacy And Distance In Longitudinal, Qualitative Research: Experiences From Reality Check Bangladesh; Malin Arvidson * 2.1. Introduction * 2.2. Reality Check Bangladesh * 2.3. The RCA Principles * 2.4. Intimacy In

Qualitative Research And In RCA * 2.4. Intimacy And Competing Realms Of Ethics * 2.5. Intimacy, Distance And Voice * 2.6. Concluding Remarks * 2.7. References * 3. What’s In It For Us? Consent, Access And The Meaning Of Research In A Qualitative Longitudinal Study; Rebecca Taylor, Malin Arvidson, Rob Macmillan, Andri Soteri–Proctor and Simon Teasdale * 3.1. Introduction * 3.2. Real Times: Project Methodology And Ethical Practice * 3.2. The Literature: Access, Consent, Gatekeepers And Politics * 3.3. Recruiting The Cases * 3.4. Reflecting On Recruitment And Building Relationships * 3.5. Discussion And Conclusions * 3.6. References * 4. Going Back To Re-Study Communities: Challenges And Opportunities; Graham Crow * 4.1. Introduction * 4.2. Problems In The Field * 4.3. Conclusion * and more


Methodology and Research Practice in Southeast Asian Studies

Edited by Mikko Huotari, University of Freiburg, Germany, Jürgen Rüland, University of Freiburg, Germany, Judith Schlehe, University of Freiburg, Germany

This book addresses the question of how to ground research practice in area-specific, yet globally entangled contexts such as ‘Global Southeast Asia’. It offers a fruitful debate between various approaches to Southeast Asia Studies, while taking into consideration the area-specific contexts of research practice cross-cutting methodological issues.

Contents: 1. Introduction: Fostering Methodological Dialogue in Southeast Asian Studies; Mikko Huotari * PART I * 2. Moving Theory and Methods in Southeast Asian Studies; Goh Beng-Lan

* 3. Southeast Asian Studies: the Conundrum of Area and Method; Victor T. King * PART II * 4. Doing Anthropological Fieldwork with Southeast Asian Characteristics? Identity and Adaptation in the Field; Deasy Simandjuntak and Michaela Haug * 5. Performative Ethnography: Observant Participation in Southeast Asia; Eric Haanstad * 6. What Does a Gender Relations Approach Bring to Southeast Asian Studies?; Kathryn Robinson * 7. Learning from Locals: Doing Interviews in Southeast Asia; Paruedee Nguitragool * 8. Political Analysis and the Southeast Asian Press: Decoding Meaning and Tracing Events; Jürgen Rüland, Jarno S. Jian Hui Lang, and York A. Wiese * and more

August 2014 UK August 2014 US 360pp 9 figures, 9 b/w tables Hardback £70.00 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 9781137397539 Canadian Rights ebooks available

DEVELOPMENT THEORY


Global Justice and DevelopmentJulian Culp, Faculty of Social Sciences, Goethe University Frankfurt, Germany

Defending a procedural conception of global justice that calls for the establishment of reasonably democratic arrangements within and beyond the state, this book argues for a justice-based understanding of social development and justifies why a democracy-promoting international development practice is a requirement of global justice.

Contents: Preface and Acknowledgments * 1. Introduction * PART I: GLOBAL JUSTICE * 2. Globalism * 3. Statism * 4. Transnationalism * 5. Internationalism * PART II: GLOBAL DEVELOPMENT * 6. Justice-Based Development * 7. Toward Another Kind of Development Practice * Notes * Bibliography * Index

August 2014 UK August 2014 US 228pp Hardback £60.00 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 9781137389923 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Gender Equality Norms in Regional GovernanceTransnational Dynamics in Europe, South America and Southern Africa

Edited by Anna van der Vleuten, Radboud University Nijmegen, Anouka van Eerdewijk, Radboud University Nijmegen, Conny Roggeband, FLACSO Ecuador and VU University"The book succeeds in bringing together research on transnational norm diffusion with comparative regionalism. The combination provides a fresh perspective on how global norms of gender equality are contested and negotiated when they travel from the global to the regional level." —Professor Tanja A. Börzel, Freie Universität Berlin, Germany

This book analyses the diffusion of norms concerning gender-based violence and gender mainstreaming of aid and trade between the EU, South America and Southern

Africa. Norm diffusion is conceptualized as a truly multidirectional and polycentric process, shaped by regional governance and resulting in new geometries of transnational activism.

Contents: 1. Introducing the Book; Anna van der Vleuten, Anouka van Eerdewijk and Conny Roggeband * PART I * 2. Regional Governance, Gender and Transnationalism: A First Exploration; Anna van der Vleuten and Anouka van Eerdewijk * 3. Gender Equality Norm Diffusion and Actor Constellations: A First Exploration; Anouka van Eerdewijk and Conny Roggeband * PART II * 4. EU and the Export of Gender Equality Norms: Myth and Facts; Alison E. Woodward and Anna van der Vleuten * 5. Gender Mainstreaming in EU Development Policy towards Southern Africa and South America; Petra Debusscher * and more

Gender and Politics

June 2014 UK June 2014 US 272pp 1 figure, 5 b/w tables Hardback £65.00 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 9781137301444 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Mental Health WorldwideCulture, Globalization and Development

Suman Fernando, Faculty of Social Sciences and Humanities, London Metropolitan University, UK"The valuable contribution of this book is to present a critical and alternative perspective on ‘global mental health’, that moves beyond the simple listing of mental disorders and mapping the global burden of diseases, to acknowledge the growing importance of the political, economic and social determinants of mental health as well as the interplay between the social and the cultural with the biological dimensions of mental disorders."—Duncan Pedersen, McGill University, Canada

Offers a perceptive critique of the universalized model of psychiatry and its apparent exportation from the West

to the developing world. Rooted in detailed analysis of the problems this causes, the book proposes new suggestions for advancing the field of mental health and wellbeing in a way that is ethical, sustainable and culturally sensitive.

Contents: PART I: CULTURAL HISTORY OF MADNESS, PSYCHIATRY AND MENTAL HEALTH * PART II: WHAT HAPPENED IN THE MAJORITY WORLD * PART III: PSYCHIATRY AND MENTAL HEALTH AFTER THE SECOND WORLD WAR; EXPORTING PSYCHIATRY TO THE GLOBAL SOUTH * PART IV: DEVELOPING MENTAL HEALTH SERVICES

April 2014 UK April 2014 US 224pp 15 b/w tables Hardback £65.00 / $105.00 / CN$100.00 9781137329592 Paperback £19.99 / $32.00 / CN$30.00 9781137329585 Canadian Rights ebooks available

The Inevitable CityThe Resurgence of New Orleans and the Future of Urban America

Scott Cowen, president of Tulane University“On its surface The Inevitable City“This book is a superb place to become educated on post-Katrina New Orleans.”—James Carville

The incredible story of how New Orleans came back after Hurricane Katrina stronger than before, and how its success can be reproduced, from the man who spearheaded the efforts

After seven years of service as the president of Tulane University, Scott Cowen watched the devastation of his beloved New Orleans at the hands of Hurricane Katrina. When federal, state, and city officials couldn’t find their way to decisive action, Cowen, known for his

gutsy leadership, quickly partnered with a coalition of civic, business, and nonprofit leaders looking to work around the old institutions to revitalize and transform New Orleans. This team led the charge to restore equilibrium and eventually to rebuild. For the past nine years, Cowen has continued this work, helping to bring the city of New Orleans back from the brink. The Inevitable City presents 10 principles that changed the game for this city, and, if adopted, can alter the curve for any business, endeavor, community—and perhaps even a nation.

July 2014 UK June 2014 US 256pp 8pp B&W spread Hardback £17.99 / $27.00 / CN$31.00 9781137278869 Canadian Rights ebooks available

DEVELOPMENT THEORY

14

The Big Truck That Went ByHow the World Came to Save Haiti and Left Behind a Disaster

Jonathan M. Katz, 2012 winner of the J. Anthony Lukas Work-in-Progress Award for The Big Truck That Went By “In a book that is an absorbing mixture of memoir, reportage and investigation, Katz tries to find out how the global relief effort backfired so badly and what happened to the money raised.” — Ian Birrell, The World Today“The despair and love of Haiti in one earthquake story.”—The New York Times Magazine

In The Big Truck That Went By award-winning writer Jonathan Katz ties together the two crises that continue to cripple Haiti: the aftermath of the earthquake and government corruption. Asking the hard questions about Western aid, this is a vividly told narrative of how the

affluent nations can help the less fortunate in a smarter way.

Contents: Introduction * Prologue * 1. The End * 2. Love Theme from Titanic * 3. Blan and Neg * 4. The Crossroads In Louisville * 5. Spoiled Corn * 6. Bon Dola * 7. The Governor * 8. ‘When I Get Older’ * 9. Sugar Land * 10. Miracle Falls * 11. Face to Face * 12. A Gut Feeling * 13. Cardboard Palace * 14. All Together Now * Epilogue * Afterword * Notes * Acknowledgments * Index

April 2014 UK April 2014 US 336pp Paperback £10.99 / $18.00 / CN$20.00 9781137278975 Canadian Rights ebooks available

The European Journal of Development Research

Spencer Henson, Institute of Development Studies, UK and University of Guelph, Canada

The European Journal of Development Research is a multi-disciplinary journal that seeks to broaden our understanding of the processes that advance or impede human development, whether from a political, economic, sociological or anthropological perspective.

ISSN: 09578811 / EISSN: 17439728 For more information about this journal, please visit: www.palgrave-journals.com/ejdr/

DevelopmentTariq Banuri, University of Utah, USA

Development, the flagship journal of the Society for International Development, connects research, experience, activism and alternative thinking. For more than 50 years it has explored innovative perspectives on the crucial issues in development, asking the relevant questions and featuring the difficult but honest answers.

ISSN: 10116370 / EISSN: 14617072 For more information about this journal, please visit: www.palgrave-journals.com/development/

Follow Palgrave Macmillan onFacebook®. ‘Like’ our Facebook®

page to get the latest news, reviews and event invites.

www.facebook.com/PalgraveMacmillan

Follow us on

@palmacpolitics for the latest news, events

and competitions

www.twitter.com/palmacpolitics

ENVIRONMENT AND SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT



Advances in International Environmental Politics2nd edition

Edited by Michele M. Betsill, Department of Political Science, Colorado State University, USA, Kathryn Hochstetler, University of Waterloo, Canada, Dimitris Stevis, Department of Political Science, Colorado State University, USA

This book provides authoritative and up-to-date research for anyone interested in the study of international environmental politics (IEP). It demonstrates how the field of IEP has evolved and identifies key questions, topics and approaches to guide future research.

Contents: 1. General Introduction; Michele Betsill, Kathryn Hochstetler and Dimitris Stevis * PART I: THE CONTEXT OF INTERNATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL POLITICS * PART II: MAJOR RESEARCH AREAS * PART III: FRAMEWORKS FOR EVALUATING GLOBAL ENVIRONMENTAL POLITICS

July 2014 UK July 2014 US 424pp 1 figure, 1 colour table Hardback £75.00 / $120.00 / CN$132.00 9781137338969 Paperback £25.99 / $32.00 / CN$47.00 9781137338990 Canadian Rights ebooks available

ENERGY, CLIMATE AND THE ENVIRONMENT SERIES

Edited by David Elliott, Emeritus Professor of Technology Policy, The Open University, UK

Climate InnovationLiberal Capitalism and Climate Change

Edited by Neil E. Harrison, Sustainable Development Institute, USA, John Mikler, University of Sydney, Australia

A comprehensive examination of the inability of liberal capitalism to generate the technological innovations necessary to prevent dangerous climate change. The case is made for the need for institutional evolution to drive the climate innovation, and the potential for climate innovation in an increasingly economically interconnected world.

Contents: 1. An Introduction to Climate Innovation; Neil E. Harrison and John Mikler * PART I: THE NATIONAL CONTEXT OF CLIMATE INNOVATION * PART II: THE CORPORATE CONTEXT OF CLIMATE INNOVATION * PART III: CLIMATE INNOVATION ACROSS BORDERS

March 2014 UK March 2014 US 336pp 25 b/w tables, 2 b/w photos Hardback £65.00 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 9781137319876 Paperback £20.99 / $30.00 / CN$.3500 9781137319883 Canadian Rights ebooks available

The Growth of Biofuels in the 21st CenturyPolicy Drivers and Market Challenges

Robert Ackrill, Nottingham Business School, Nottingham Trent University, UK, Adrian Kay, Crawford School of Public Policy, the Australian National University, Australia

This book provides a timely and insightful analysis of the expansion of biofuels production and use in recent years. Drawing on interviews with key policy insiders, Ackrill and Kay show how biofuels policies have been motivated by concerns over climate change, energy security and rural development.

Contents: 1. Biofuels and Biofuels Policies – an Introduction * 2. Brazilian Biofuels Policy – an Introduction and Overview * 3. Biofuels Policy – an Introduction and Overview * 4. United States Biofuels Policy – an Introduction and Overview * 5. Comparing Biofuels Policy Drivers – Common Themes, Differences and Issues for Analysis * 6. The Challenge of Policy Capacity in Biofuels Policy Design * 7. Biofuels Policy Design and External Implementation Challenges * 8. External Dimensions to Biofuels Policies * 9. Biofuels Policy Challenges

December 2014 UK December 2014 US 256pp 5 b/w tables, 5 figures Hardback £65.00 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 9781137307880 Canadian Rights ebooks available


16

The Political Economy of Renewable Energy and Energy SecurityCommon Challenges and National Responses in Japan, China and Northern Europe

Edited by Espen Moe, Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Norway, Paul Midford, Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Norway

Bringing together renewable energy and energy security, this book covers both the politics and political economy of renewables and energy security and analyzes renewable technologies in diverse and highly topical countries: Japan, China and Northern Europe.

Contents: 1. Introduction; Espen Moe * PART I: ENERGY SECURITY * 2. What is Strategic about Energy? De-simplifying Energy Security; Gunnar Fermann * 3. The Energy Security of Japan after Fukushima 3/11; Frank Umbach * 4. The Impact of 3-11 on Japanese Public Opinion and Policy toward Energy Security; Paul Midford * 5. China’s Energy Security; Øystein Tunsjø * 6. The Norwegian Energy Security Debate: Domestic and International

Dimensions; Jakub M. Godzimirski * PART II: RENEWABLE TECHNOLOGIES AND POLITICS * 7. Technologies for Electricity Generation in Wind Turbines; Bogi Bech Jensen and Tore Undeland * 8. Early Promoter of Solar Photovoltaics: Forty Years of Development of Policy and Technology in Japan; Kenji Asano * and more


Media, Environment and the Network SocietyAlison G. Anderson, University of Plymouth, UK"Media, Environment and the Network Society is a much-needed rethinking by one of the field’s leading scholars of many of our assumptions about media and environmental activism. Anderson’s conceptually-smart analysis takes us well beyond activists’ quest for access or visibility to the rapidly changing and complex terrain of global media politics — including digital media — in a networked world."—Robert Cox, Professor Emeritus, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, USA

The news media has become a key arena for staging environmental conflicts. Through a range of illuminating examples ranging from climate change to oil spills,

Media, Environment and the Network Society provides a timely and far-reaching analysis of the media politics of contemporary environmental debates.

Contents: Acknowledgements * 1. Introduction * 2. Environmental Risks, Protest and the Network Society * 3. News Agendas, Framing Contests and Power * 4. The Climate Change Controversy * 5. Oils Spills and Crisis Communication * 6. Emerging Technologies * 7. Future Directions * Bibliography

Palgrave Studies in Media and Environmental Communication

September 2014 UK September 2014 US 224pp 30 figures Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 9780230217614 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Lessons in Sustainable Development from Japan and South Korea

Sara Hsu, State University of New York at New Platz, USA, Michio Naoi, Keio University, Japan, Wenjie Zhang, University of Texas at Austin, USA

Lessons in Sustainable Development from Japan and South Korea compares the two countries, makes policy recommendations, and examines sustainable development experiments from both nations.

Contents: 1. Theoretical Framework * 2. Sustainable Development in Japan and South Korea * 3. Sustainable Development Programs and Experiments * 4. Directions for Future Study

Comparative Studies of Sustainable Development in Asia

June 2014 UK June 2014 US 112pp 18 figures, 19 b/w tables Hardback £45.00 / $67.50 / CN$78.00 9781137345394 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Voice and Environmental CommunicationEdited by Jennifer Peeples, Utah State University, USA, Stephen Depoe, University of Cincinnati, USA

Voice and Environmental Communication explores how people give voice to, and listen to the voices of, the environment. This foundational book introduces the relationship between these two fundamental aspects of human existence and extends our knowledge of the role of voice in the study of environmental communication.

Contents: Introduction: Voice and the Environment—Critical Perspectives; Jennifer Peeples and Stephen Depoe * PART I: VOICE AND ENVIRONMENTAL ADVOCACY * 1. Corporate Ventriloquism: Corporate Advocacy, the Coal Industry, and the Appropriation of Voice; Peter K. Bsumek, Jen Schneider, Steve Schwarze, Jennifer Peeples * 2. Defending the Fort: Michael

Crichton, Pulp Fiction, and Green Conspiracy; Patrick Belanger * 3. Invoking the Ecological Indian: Rhetoric, Culture, and the Environment; Casey R. Schmitt * 4. Sustainable Advocacy: Voice For and Before an Intergenerational Audience; Jessica M. Prody and Brandon Inabinet * 5. RESPONSE ESSAY: The (Im)possibility of Voice in Environmental Advocacy; Danielle Endres * PART II: VOICE AND CONSUMPTION * 6. Voices of Organic Consumption: Understanding Organic Consumption as Political Action; Leah Sprain * 7. Vote With Your Fork: The Performance of Environmental Voice at the Farmers’ Market; Benjamin Garner * 8. RESPONSE ESSAY: Thinking through Issues of Voice and Consumption; Laura Lindenfeld * PART III: LISTENING TO NON-HUMAN VOICES * 9. The Language that All Things Speak: Thoreau and the Voice of Nature; William Homestead * 10. The Ethics of Listening in the Wilderness Writings of Sigurd F. Olson; David A. Tschida * 11. Listening to the Natural World: Ecopsychology of Listening From a Hawai’ian Spiritual Perspective; Yukari Kunisue * 12. RESPONSE ESSAY: Environmental Voices Including Dialogue with Nature, Within and Beyond Language; Donal Carbaugh * CODA: Food, Future, Zombies; Eric King Watts

Palgrave Studies in Media and Environmental Communication

July 2014 UK July 2014 US 280pp Hardback £60.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 9781137433732 Canadian Rights ebooks available



Sustainable Development and Quality Assurance in Higher EducationTransformation of Learning and Society

Edited by Zinaida Fadeeva, United Nations University, Japan, Laima Galkute, Vilnius University, Lithuania, Clemens Mader, University of Lüneburg, Germany, Geoff Scott, University of Western Sydney, Australia"A unique contribution to the UN Decade of Education for Sustainable Development."—Dr Kazuhiko Takemoto, Director, United Nations University Institute for the Advanced Studies of Sustainability (UNU-IAS), Japan

To help address the challenges of sustainable development, higher education institutions must transform themselves, bringing together best practice in quality management for tertiary education with best practice in education for sustainable development. This book provides tested strategies and pathways for undertaking this successfully.

Contents: 1. Assessment for Transformation: Higher Education Thrives in Redefining Quality Systems; Zinaida Fadeeva, Laima Galkute, Clemens Mader and Geoff Scott * 2. Rankings and the Reconstruction of Knowledge during the Age of Austerity; Ellen Hazelkorn * 3. Sustainable Engagement: Towards a Participative Quality Culture of Sustainable Development in Higher Education; Oliver Vettori and Christian Rammel * 4. The Role of Assessment and Quality Management in Transformations towards Sustainable Development: The Nexus between Higher Education, Society and Policy; Clemens Mader * 5. Drivers for Change in the Austrian University Sector: Implications for Quality Management; Andrea Bernhard and Nadine Shovakar * 6. Quality Assurance System based on Sustainable Development Paradigm: The Lithuanian Perspective; Laima Galkute * 7. Quality System Development at the University of Graz: Lessons Learned from the Case of RCE Graz-Styria; Friedrich M. Zimmermann, Andreas Raggautz, Kathrin Maier, Thomas Drage, Marlene Mader, Mario Diethart and Jonas Meyer * and more

Palgrave Studies in Global Higher Education

October 2014 UK October 2014 US 272pp 21 figures, 13 b/w line drawings, 13 b/w tables Hardback £65.00 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 9781137459138 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Science and SustainabilityLearning from Indigenous Wisdom

Joy Hendry, Oxford Brookes University, UK“Science and Sustainability offers hope for the planet. Hendry argues that the traditions of the world’s indigeneous peoples can help us to tackle the many global problems that face us and help to build a sustainable world.” — David Peat, Director of the Pari Center for New Learning, Italy and author of Blackfoot Physics

Indigenous peoples have passed down vital knowledge for generations from which local plants help cure common ailments, to which parts of the land are unsuitable for buildings because of earthquakes. Here, Hendry examines science through these indigenous roots, problematizing the idea that Western science is

the only type that deserves that name.

Contents: Introduction * 1. Fire and Water: Sustaining the Land * 2. Making a Sustainable Living * 3. Architecture and House Building * 4. Health and Death * 5. Calendars and Climate Change * 6. Astronomy and Navigation Skills * 7. Physics and Mathematics * 8. Technology and Sustainability * 9. Facing Both Ways * Conclusion: ‘Seeing through Both Eyes’ Science

September 2014 UK September 2014 US 208pp 21 b/w images Hardback £56.50 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 9781137435903 Paperback £19.00 / $30.00 / CN$34.50 9781137435910 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Cultural Politics and the Transatlantic Divide over GMOsHannes R. Stephan, University of Stirling, UK

Alongside other factors, cultural values and identities help to explain different regulatory frameworks for genetically modified organisms. This book uses insights from environmental history and sociology to illuminate the cultural politics of regulation in the US and the EU, with particular attention to public opinion and anti-GMO activism.

Contents: Introduction * 1. Overview of Regulatory Frameworks and Public Opinion * 2. Perspectives on Regulatory Divergence * 3. Theorising Culture and Nature * 4. Cultural Politics and Resistance to GMOs * 5. Environmental History: Nature, Landscapes, and Identities * 6. Agri-Cultural and Culinary Identities * Conclusion

November 2014 UK November 2014 US 256pp 2 b/w tables Hardback £65.00 / $100.00 / CN$121.00 9780230284579 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Climate JusticeA Voice for the Future

Teresa M. Thorp, Insight International

Climate change represents an urgent and potentially irreversible threat to human societies and the planet. This book responds to human adversity by mobilizing climate justice as legal justice, to legitimize and realize a unified, transparent, comprehensible, accessible and responsive process that applies to all.

Contents: Introduction * PART I: UNIFYING THE PARAMETERS OF CLIMATE JUSTICE * 1. Scope of the Work * 2. Optimizing Dynamic Normative Systems * 3. What’s Gone Wrong? * PART II: LAUNCHING A PROCESS APPLICABLE TO ALL * 4. The Elements * 5. First Principles * 6. Auxiliary Principles * PART III: REFLECTIONS ON THE CONSTITUTIONALISM OF INTERNATIONAL LAW * 7. General Observations and Conclusions

August 2014 UK August 2014 US 464pp 1 b/w table Hardback £70.00 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 9781137394637 Canadian Rights ebooks available

ENVIRONMENT AND...

18

Sustainable CivilizationKlaas Van Egmond, Utrecht University, the Netherlands"The current disastrous impasse in global society has resulted from pursuing policies justified by a worldview that is no longer relevant … Sustainable Civilization offers an alternative. It lays out a novel and useful framework for describing paradigms. It discusses the options that are realistically available to us and offers guidelines for more effective policies." – Dennis Meadows, author of Limits to Growth

In order to be sustainable, a civilization must maintain the balance between ‘mind’ and ‘matter’ and between the egocentric ‘I’ and ‘the others’. This book investigates how new institutional arrangements in politics, economy and finance can resolve the current crisis of social values

by restoring this delicate balance between opposing forces.

Contents: PART I: WESTERN CIVILIZATION IN CRISIS * 1.1. Economic Growth and Social Progress * 1.2. The Ecological Crisis * 1.3. Economy versus Ecology * 1.4. Limits to Growth * 1.5. The Financial Crisis – ‘No One Saw This Coming’ * 1.6. The Socio Cultural Issue * 1.7. Sustainability and the Quality of Life * 1.8. Summary * PART II: HUMAN VALUE ORIENTATIONS; WORLD VIEWS * 2.1. Social Surveys * 2.2. Philosophical and Religious Notes * 2.3. The Resulting World View * 2.4. Summary * PART III: THE LABORATORY OF HISTORY * 3.1. History Repeats Itself * 3.2. Overshoot and Collapse of Value Orientations * 3.3. Centrifugal Forces * 3.4. The Power of Identity * 3.5. Reversal of Ends and Means * 3.6. What Will Happen Next? * 3.7. Summary * PART IV: THE WEST AND THE EAST * 5. The Message of Culture and Religion * 5.1. Culture * 5.2. Spirituality and Consciousness * 5.3. Summary * PART V: SUSTAINABLE CIVILIZATION * 6.1. Ethics * 6.2. Human Dignity * 6.3. Good, Truth and Beauty * 6.4. Freedom and Free Will * 6.5. Human Rights * 6.6. Democracy and Social Responsibility * 6.7. Summary * PART VII: AGENDA FOR A SUSTAINABLE CIVILIZATION * 7.1. The Political Task; the Radical Centre * 7.2. People, the Social Issue * 7.3. Planet; the Environmental Issue * 7.4. Profit; Economy and Finance * 7.5. Summary * PART VIII: SUSTAINABLE ECONOMY * 8.1. Economic Means to Social Ends * 8.2. Ownership, Economical Scale and Dematerialization * 8.3. Summary * PART IX: SUSTAINABLE FINANCE * 9.1. Financial History * 9.2. A New Financial System * 9.3. Summary * PART X: THE NEXT STEP * 10.1. Crisis * 10.2. A New Form of Governance * 10.3. Agenda * 10.4. An End to the Caricature * 10.5. Sustainable Civilization

August 2014 UK August 2014 US 264pp 30 figures, 1 b/w table Hardback £65.00 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 9781137382696 Canadian Rights ebooks available

GENDER AND DEVELOPMENT

GENDER, DEVELOPMENT AND SOCIAL CHANGE SERIES

Edited by Wendy Harcourt, Erasmus University, The Hague, The Netherlands

A Journey into Women’s StudiesCrossing Interdisciplinary Boundaries

Edited by Rekha Pande, University of Hyderabad, India

The present book is a journey of many women across the world who have struggled to give women’s studies visibility. Drawing upon the contributors’ diverse experiences and concerns, it explores the metamorphosis of women’s studies from the early days to date.

Contents: Introduction * PART I: CROSSING INTERDISCIPLINARY BOUNDARIES * 1. From the Ground Up; Cynthia Enloe * 2. My Women’s Studies Journey; Maithreyi Krishnaraj * 3. Reclaiming my Education: A Passage to Consciousness; Nawar Al-Hassan Golley * 4. Oppositional Imaginations: Multiple Lineages of feminist Scholarship; Uma Chakravarti * 5. From Feminist Activist to Professor; Drude Dahlerup * 6. My Tryst with Women’s Studies; Rekha Pande * PART II: ARTICULATING REGIONAL EXPERIENCES

* 7. Being a Woman and doing Gender in Sweden; Anita Nyberg * 8. Mainstreaming Women’s Studies in Higher Education – The Case of Vietnam; Thai thi Ngoc Du * and more


Under Development: GenderEdited by Christine Verschuur, Graduate Institute of International and Developmental Studies, Switzerland, Isabelle Guérin, Institute of Research for Development (CESSMA), Université Paris Diderot, France, Hélène Guétat-Bernard, National School of Agronomic Formation (ENFA), France

Despite various decades of research and claim-making by feminist scholars and movements, gender remains an overlooked area in development studies. Looking at key issues in development studies through the prisms of gender and feminism, the authors demonstrate that gender is an indispensable tool for social change.

Contents: Introduction: Gender, a Necessary Tool of Analysis for Social Change; Isabelle Guérin, Hélène Guétat-Bernard and Christine Verschuur PART I: DISCIPLINES * 1. A History of Development through a Gender Prism. Feminist and Decolonial Perspectives; Christine Verschuur * 2. Feminist Anthropology Meets Development; Fenneke Reysoo * 3. Gender and Demography. A Fertile Combination; Agnès Adjamagbo and Thérèse Locoh * 4. The sociologist and the ‘poor Third World woman’, or how an approach focusing on gender relations has helped sociology of development; Blandine Destremau and Bruno Lautier * 5. Feminist Development Economics – an Institutional Approach to Household Analysis; Irene van Staveren and Olasunbo Odebode * 6. Feminist Legal Theory as an Intervention in Development Debates; Isabel Cristina Jaramillo * and more

November 2014 UK November 2014 US 320pp 6 figures, 1 b/w table Hardback £65.00 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 9781137356819 Canadian Rights ebooks available



Women, Political Struggles and Gender Equality in South AsiaEdited by Margaret Alston, Monash University, Australia

A brutal gang-rape of a young woman in India in 2012 caused a global outcry against rising brutal violence against women. In response to the young woman’s death and the protests that followed, the contributors analyze the position of women in South Asia, the issue of violence, women’s political activism and gender inequalities.

Contents: Table of Contents * 1. Introduction: Women, Political Struggles and Activism: Exploring the Lives of Women in South Asia; Margaret Alston * PART I: GENDER BASED VIOLENCE IN SOUTH ASIA * 2. Responding to Rape: Feminism and Young Middle-Class Women in India; Sneha Krishnan * 3. Gendered Violence: Forms, Incidence and Legislation in India; Sadhna Arya and Shashi Khurana * 4. Women Struggles Against Structural-based Violence in Pakistan; Bushra Khaliq * 5. Women in Bangladesh: Resistance Fighters and Invisible Heroes in the Economy and Society; Rokeya Kabir and Omar Tarek Chowdhury * 6. Intergenerational Prostitution in India: How a Cultural Practice Constitutes Sex Trafficking; Alix Dolson * PART II: ACTIVISM, RESISTANCE AND EMPOWERMENT * 7. Powerful Perpetrators: A Kathmandu Perspective; Bidushi Dhungel * 8. Living on the Edge: Mapping Homeless Women’s Mobilisation in Kolkata, India; Paromita Chakravarti * 9. Money where the Mouth is: Women, Capital and a Land Rights Movement; Kaushiki Rao and Anusha Hariharan * 10. Linking Traditions of Resistance; Aruna Burte * PART III: POLITICS, LEADERSHIP AND REPRESENTATION * 11. Substantive Representation and Violence against Women (VAW) in Pakistan; Shaheen Ashraf, SHAH * 12. The Intersection of the Public and Private for Pashtun Women in Politics; Mary Hope Schwoebel * 13. Creating Spaces for Change: Santali Women’s Role in Local Level politics in Rural India; Carol Wrenn * 14. Women’s Transformational leadership in Bangladesh: Potentials and Challenges; Nazmunnessa Mahtab * 15. Women and Politics in Patriarchy: Case of Bangladesh; Mahmuda Islam * Conclusion; Margaret Alston

August 2014 UK August 2014 US 280pp 1 map Hardback £65.00 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 9781137390561 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Rural Women’s Power in South Asia:Understanding Shakti

Pashington Obeng, Wellesley College, USA

This book investigates how women’s power and caste cleavages often continue to transcend and crosscut the boundaries of caste/tribe, gender, age, class and religion in India, Pakistan and Bangladesh It examines the gendered divisions of labor in rural communities and how countervailing forces have restricted women’s status and roles in South Asia.

Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. History and Identity * 3. Policies and Interventions * 4. Governments, NGOs, Sanghas and Entrepreneurs (20+) * 5. Senior Women’s Shakti (60+) * 6. Conclusion


Love, Marriage and Intimacy among Gujarati IndiansA Suitable Match

Katherine Twamley, University of London, UK

This book compares understandings and experiences of love and intimacy of one distinct cultural group – Gujarati Indians – born and brought up in two different countries. In a rapidly globalizing world, this comparative ethnographic study explores how the context in which we are brought up shapes our most intimate attachments and family lives.

Contents: Preface * 1. Introduction * 2. Interactions in the ‘Field’ * 3. Parental Authority, Youth Autonomy and Marital Decisions * 4. Pathways to Marriage * 5. Love * 6. Gender * 7. Conclusions * Appendix 1. Tables of Participants * Appendix 2. Data Analysis Procedures * Appendix 3. Participants’ Ranking of Traits * Appendix 4. Matrimonial and Dating Agency Materials

Palgrave Macmillan Studies in Family and Intimate Life

February 2014 UK February 2014 US 218pp 5 b/w tables, 8 b/w photos Hardback £58.00 / $95.00 / CN$105.00 9781137294296 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Feminist ReviewEdited by The Feminist Review Collective

Feminist Review is a peer reviewed, interdisciplinary journal setting new agendas for feminism. For more than 30 years, it has been committed to exploring gender in its relationship to other axes of power including race, class and sexuality.

ISSN: 0141 7789 / EISSN: 14664380 For more information about this journal, please visit: www.palgrave-journals.com/fr

IPE AND ECONOMICS OF DEVELOPMENT

20


The British Growth CrisisThe Search for a New Model

Edited by Jeremy Green, University of Sheffield, UK, Colin Hay, University of Sheffield, UK, Peter Taylor-Gooby, Department of Social Policy, University of Kent at Canterbury, UK

Britain remains mired in the most severe and prolonged economic crisis that it has faced since the 1930s. What would it take to find a new, more stable and more sustainable growth model for Britain in the years ahead? This important volume written by a number of influential commentators seeks to provide some answers.

Contents: Introduction; Colin Hay and Jeremy Green * PART I: DIAGNOSING THE CRISIS * PART II: EVALUATING RESPONSES * PART III: GLOBAL, LOCAL AND SECTORAL DIMENSIONS * PART IV: ALTERNATIVES BEYOND GROWTH?

Building a Sustainable Political Economy: SPERI Research & Policy

January 2015 UK January 2015 US 320pp 10 b/w tables, 39 figures Hardback £65.00 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 9781137441515 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Uneconomic Economics and the Crisis of the Model World

Matthew Watson, University of Warwick, UK

What has gone wrong with economics? Economists now routinely devise highly sophisticated abstract models that score top marks for theoretical rigour but are clearly divorced from observable activities in the current economy. This creates an ‘uneconomic economics’, where models explain relationships in blackboard rather than real-life markets.

Contents: Acknowledgements * List of Abbreviations * 1. Setting the Scene: From a Crisis of Economics to a Crisis of the State * Introduction * Competing Crisis Narratives of Symptom and Disease * The Rehabilitation of Economic Theory * The Crisis and the Economics Curriculum * Structure of the Boo * 2. The Collapse of the Model World: From Faith in Equations to Unsustainable

Asset Bubbles * Introduction * The Growth of Increasingly Complex Secondary Mortgage Markets * The Uneconomic Economics of Asset-Price Valuation Techniques * Performativity and Counter-Performativity in Financial Markets * Conclusion * 3. The Creation of the Model World: From Formalist Techniques to the Triumph of Uneconomic Economics * Introduction * The Return of the Policy Ineffectiveness Proposition * The Quest for a Fully Specified General Equilibrium Framework * Formalist Technique and the Logic of Market Self-Regulation * Conclusion * 4. Looking Ahead: From Uneconomic Economics to a Different Future * Introduction * The Definition of Good Economics * The Significance of Historicised Method * Final Words * References * Index

Building a Sustainable Political Economy: SPERI Research & Policy


Income Contingent LoansTheory, Practice and Prospects

Edited by Bruce Chapman, University of Toronto, Canada, Timothy Higgins, Australian National University, Joseph E. Stiglitz, Columbia University, USA

This study explores the prospect of the application of the basic principles of ICL into many other potential areas of social and economic policy. Using case studies it evaluates previously implemented ICL schemes where interest rate subsidies are usually the norm, and questions the merits of this approach.

Contents: 1 Income Contingent Loans as Risk Management: Background; Bruce Chapman * PART I TOWARDS A THEORY FOR INCOME CONTINGENT LOANS * 2 Remarks on Income Contingent Loans: How Effective Can They be Mitigating Risk?; Joseph Stiglitz * 3 Income Contingent Loans as a Risk Management

Device; John Quiggin * 4 Income Contingent Loans: Toward a Piecewise Linear Scheme; Ngo Van Long * PART II PRACTICE IN HIGHER EDUCATION * 5 Income Contingent Loans and Higher Education Financing: Theory and Practice; Nicholas Barr * 6 The Challenge of Sustaining Student Loans Systems: Lessons from Chile and Colombia; Jamil Salmi * 7 The Implications of Graduate Labor Market Performance in Designing a Student Loan Scheme for Malaysia; Lim Hock-Eam, Russayani Ismail and Yusnidah Ibrahim * 8 Modeling Aggregate Loans Recovery of the Student Loans Fund in Thailand; Kiatanantha Lounkaew * 9 Why don’t we just give them the Money? Financing Living Expenses of Students in Germany; Barbara Grave and Mathias Sinning * and more

International Economic Association

May 2014 UK May 2014 US 284pp Hardback £100.00 / $150.00 / CN$170.00 9781137413185 Paperback £40.00 / $60.00 / CN$70.00 9781137413192 Canadian Rights ebooks available




Follow us on


and competitions




INTERNATIONAL POLITICAL ECONOMY SERIES

Edited by Timothy M. Shaw, Visiting Professor, University of Massachusetts Boston, USA, and Emeritus Professor, University of London, UK.

The Financial Statecraft of Emerging PowersShield and Sword in Asia and Latin America

Edited by Leslie Elliott Armijo, Portland State University, United States of America, Saori N. Katada, University of Southern California, USA

‘Financial statecraft’ goes beyond sanctions against rogue states. The aims of financial statecraft may be defensive or offensive, its targets bilateral or systemic, and its instruments financial or monetary. Regions and countries profiled include Argentina, Venezuela, Brazil, India, Southeast Asia, China, and Japan.

Contents: 1. New Kids on the Block: Rising Multipolarity, More Financial Statecraft; Leslie Elliott Armijo and Saori N. Katada * 2. Who’s Afraid of Reversing Neoliberal Reforms? The Financial Statecraft of Argentina and Venezuela; Ignácio Labaqui * 3. Brave New World? The Politics of International Finance in Brazil and India; Leslie Elliott Armijo and John Echeverri-Gent * 4. The End of Monetary Mercantilism in Southeast Asia?; Natasha Hamilton-Hart * and more


Global Economic Crisis and the Politics of Diversity

Edited by Yildiz Atasoy, Simon Fraser University, Canada

This volume critically explores the global deepening of market economy models and the associated tensions of livelihood and ecology in the current context of global economic crisis.

Contents: 1. Introduction: Global Economic Crisis and the Politics of Diversity; Yıldız Atasoy * PART I: COMMODIFICATION AND ENVIRONMENTAL GOVERNANCE * 2. Understanding Neoliberalism as Economization: The Case of the Environment; Fikret Adaman and Yahya M. Madra * 3. Neoliberalism, Nature, and Changing Modalities of Environmental Governance in Contemporary Turkey; Leila M. Harris and Mine Işlar * PART II: MARKET DEVELOPMENTALISM AND LIVELIHOOD CHANGE * 4. Tarnished yet Tenacious: Examining the Track Record and Future of Public-Private Partnership Hospitals in Canada ; Heather

Whiteside * 5. Nanotechnology Industrial Development and Its Likely Implications for Labour ; Noela Invernizzi * 6. Global Economic Crisis and the ‘Spatial Fix’ of China’s World Factory: The Great ‘Long March’ Inland; Jun Zhang * 7. Childcare Policy Reform and Gender Equality in China; Xinying Hu * PART III: STATE RESTRUCTURING AND ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT * 8. Brazil: Neoliberal Restructuring or Rejuvenation of the Developmental * State?; James M. Cypher * 9. Can China’s Growth Lead the World Out of the Global Economic Crisis?; Paul Bowles * 10. Crisis, Social Class and the ‘Fixing’ of Capitalism in Mexico; Hepzibah Muñoz Martínez * PART IV: ALTERNATIVE FORMS OF POLITICS * 11. Alternative Policy Groups and Transnational Counter-Hegemonic Struggle; William K. Carroll * 12. Conclusion: Rethinking the Politics of Diversity; Yıldız Atasoy

January 2014 UK January 2014 US 344pp 21 b/w tables, 5 b/w line drawings Hardback £65.00 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 9781137293671 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Iceland and the International Financial CrisisBoom, Bust and Recovery

Eirikur Bergmann, Bifröst University, Iceland“Eirikur Bergmanns’ book offers a fascinating insight to the dramatic events around Iceland’s meltdown in 2008. The book is comprehensive in scope and provides convincing historical, economical and political explanations to Iceland’s boom and bust as well as strong analysis of the complexities of recovery in its wake. The case study offered in this book is an important contribution to understanding the wider euro crisis and the risks for regimes that over rely on capital markets. The lively style the book is written in a way that makes for an enjoyable read and opens up this fascinating case also for those not versed in Icelandic politics and it is a must-read for understanding the economic crisis that is still affecting

most of the Transatlantic area.” — Federiga Bindi, University of Rome, Italy

Eirikur Bergmann explains the exceptional case of Iceland’s fantastical boom, bust and rapid recovery after the Crash of 2008 and explores the lessons for the wider EU crisis and for over-reaching economies that over-rely on financial markets.

Contents: Introduction – Boom, Bust and Recovery * PART I: RISE AND SHINE * 1. Birth of a Nation – a Postcolonical Project * 2. Coming of Age – Economic History * 3. The Independent State – Foreign Relations * PART II: BOOM AND BUST * 4. The Nordic Tiger – Imagined Economic Miracle * 5. Hot Air – Living on the Edge * 6. The Crash – Collapse of the Cross Border Banks * PART III: REVOLUTION AND RECOVERY * 7. Pots-and-Pans Revolution – and Defiance Abroad * 8. Rising from the Ruins – Fragile Economic Recovery * 9. Reconstituting Iceland – and the New Critical Order * Conclusion and Final Remarks


Business Groups and Transnational Capitalism in Central AmericaEconomic and Political Strategies

Benedicte Bull, University of Oslo, Norway, Fulvio Castellacci, Norwegian Institute of International Affairs, Norway, Yuri Kasahara, Norwegian Institute of Urban and Regional Research, Norway

This book investigates Central America’s political economy seen through the lens of its powerful business groups. It provides unique insight into their strategies when confronted with a globalized economy, their impact on development of the isthmus, and how they shape the political and economic institutions governing local varieties of capitalism.

Contents: 1. Introduction: the Emergence and Evolution of Business Groups in Central America * 2. Between Hierarchies and Networks: Understanding Business Group Strategies in a

Global Capitalism * 3. Regional Shifts and National Trajectories: Differences in the Context and Strategies of Business Groups * 4. From Oligarchs to Transnational Business Group Leaders? The Shifting Strategies of Key Business Groups * 5. Internationalization and the Export Performance of the Central American Business Groups * 6. Central American Business Groups, Innovation and Institutional Conditions * 7. The Role of the State: Governmental Financial Policies and Business Group Strategies * 8. Between the Back and the Front Stage – the Political Strategies of Central American Business Groups * 9. Conclusion * References

July 2014 UK July 2014 US 240pp 21 tables, 6 figures Hardback £65.00 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 9781137359391 Canadian Rights ebooks available


22

South Asia in TransitionDemocracy, Political Economy and Security

Edited by Bhumitra Chakma, University of Hull, UK“A significant volume that covers the key dimensions of South Asia’s development by locating challenges at institutional and political economic dimensions and most importantly their linkages to security at inter, intra and human security levels. It offers a good set of chapters that link theory and policy successfully.” —T.V. Paul, James McGill Professor of International Relations, McGill University, USA.

Combining theoretical and empirical insights, this book provides an in-depth analysis of South Asia’s transition in the areas of democracy, political economy and security since the end of the Cold War. It provides a close scrutiny to the state of democracy and political economy in India,

Pakistan and Bangladesh.

Contents: Illustrations * List of contributors * List of abbreviations * Preface and Acknowledgements * Introduction: Regional Transformation and South Asia: A Framework of Analysis; Bhumitra Chakma * PART I: DEMOCRACY * 1. Transition to Democracy, Political Capital and the Challenge of Regional Transformation in South Asia: Indian in Comparative Perspective; Subrata Mitra * 2. The Uncertain Future of Pakistan’s Democracy; Samina Ahmed * 3. The Violence of Democracy: Bangladesh Context; Amena Mohsin * PART II: POLITICAL ECONOMY * 4. India and Economic Globalisation; Rahul Mukherjii * 5. Different Governments, Same Problems: Pakistan’s Economy 1999-2013; S. Akbar Zaidi * 6. Impacts of Globalization and Liberalization on the Political Economy of Structural Transformation in Bangladesh; Shapan Adnan * and more

June 2014 UK June 2014 US 304pp 1 figure, 16 tables Hardback £65.00 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 9781137356635 Canadian Rights ebooks available

The Limits to Capital in SpainCrisis and Revolt in the European South

Greig Charnock, Lecturer in International Politics, Thomas Purcell, Universitat Oberta de Catalunya, Spain, Ramon Ribera-Fumaz, University Oberta du Catalunya “A very interesting and innovative feature of this book is how the authors combine theoretical developments in international political economy, state theory and urban geography so as to present an insightful account of crisis and revolt in Spain. This is a must read for anyone interested in understanding the past, present and future of capitalism in the European South.” — Miren Etxezarreta, Universidad Autónoma de Barcelona, Spain

Spain is at the epicentre of a crisis that threatens the future of the Eurozone. This book explains the deep

historical and structural roots of the current crisis in Spain. It analyses the nexus between European circuits of financial capital, urbanisation, and the emergent dynamics of state austerity and popular revolt.

Contents: Introduction * 1. The Limits to Capital * 2. The Limits to Import Substitution Industrialisation * 3. The Limits to European Integration * 4. The Limits to Urbanisation * 5. The Limits to the State * Conclusion

February 2014 UK February 2014 US 200pp 4 b/w tables Hardback £55.00 / $85.00 / CN$98.00 9781137319937 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Neoliberal Hegemony and the Pink Tide in Latin AmericaBreaking Up With TINA?

Tom Chodor, Australian National University, Australia

The book examines the ‘Pink Tide’ of leftist governments in Latin America struggling against neoliberal hegemony from a critical International Political Economy perspective. Focusing particularly on Venezuela and Brazil, it evaluates the transformative and emancipatory potentials of their political projects domestically, regionally and globally.

Contents: Introduction: Breaking Up With TINA in Latin America? * 1. Orthodox IPE, Globalisation and the Need for Critical Alternatives * 2. The Neoliberal World Order * 3. Neoliberalism and Organic Crisis in Latin America * 4. The Bolivarian Revolution as a Counter-hegemonic Project * 5. Lula’s Passive Revolution * 6. The Pink Tide: Counter-hegemonic Potentials * 7. American Hegemony Under Challenge * Conclusion: Learning from the Pink Tide

November 2014 UK November 2014 US 224pp Hardback £58.00 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 9781137444677 Canadian Rights ebooks available

The Eurozone Crisis and the Future of EuropeThe Political Economy of Further Integration and Governance

Edited by Daniel Dăianu, The National School of Political and Administrative Studies, Bucharest, Romania, Carlo D’Adda, University of Bologna, Italy, Giorgio Basevi, University of Bologna, Italy, Rajeesh Kumar, School of International Studies, New Delhi, India"This work raises fundamental questions about the relevance and sustainability of the euro for a group of countries whose competitiveness and unit labour costs vary so widely. It makes a valuable contribution by offering a unique perspective on efforts to understand the euro crisis."— Serge Rey, University of Pau

The authors uncover the roots of the eurozone crisis, focusing on how this can be solved against the backdrop

of a very deep financial and economic crisis and its strong social impact. Looking at the impact of the financial crisis on the eurozone, they explore the European Union’s recent and future developments.

Contents: 1. Introduction; Daniel Daianu and Rajeesh Kumar * 2. Overview: Analytics of the Euro Area Crisis; Carlo D’Adda and Giorgio Basevi * PART I: ECONOMIC IMBALANCES AND THE EURO AREA CRISIS * 3. The Diversity of Debt Crises in Europe; Jerome Stein * 4. European Sovereign debt Crisis and the Euro’; Julius Horvath and Martin Suster * 5. Economic Policies and the debt/GDP Constraint: The European Challenge’; Radu Vranceanu * 6. Current Account Imbalances in the Eurozone: Causes, Remedies and the Role of the ECB; Karhans Sauernheimer * PART II: CRISIS MANAGEMENT IN THE EURO AREA: THE INTERPLAY BETWEEN ECONOMICS AND POLITICS * 7. The Euro Crisis and German Primacy; Jonathan Story * 8. The Power of Ordoliberalism in the Eurozone Crisis Management; Brigitte Young * 9. Italy and the Euro; Carlo D’Adda * 10. Turning a Small Problem into Catastrophe: The Case of Greece; Kunibert Raffer * 11. The Eurozone crisis. A Perspective from and Impact on Asia; Pradumna B. Rana and Michael R. Blomenhofer * PART III: THE EURO AREA: LOOKING INTO THE FUTURE * 12. The EMU is No One-Way-Street: Back to the Roots!; Bodo Herzog * 13. Changing Welfare States and the Euro Crisis; Anton Hemerijck * 14. The long Term Implications of the Euro Crisis for European Integration: A Deeper Union of Fragmentation; Francesco Nicoli and Fabian Zuleeg * 15; The Euro Area : Repairing A Flawed Design and Its Policy Arrangements; Daniel Daianu * 16. Afterword: Summing up: The Crisis and Europe’s Future; Daniel Daianu and Rajeesh Kumar

August 2014 UK August 2014 US 328pp 28 tables, 42 figures Hardback £65.00 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 9781137356741 Canadian Rights ebooks available



The Political Economy of Labour Market ReformsGreece, Turkey and the Global Economic Crisis

Özgün Sarımehmet Duman, Ipek University, Turkey

Duman examines the transition from Keynesianism to monetarism by presenting an analysis of labour market reforms in Greece and Turkey - questioning the role of class struggle on the implementation process. She also scrutinises the influence of the global economic crisis and the execution of reform policies in these two countries.

Contents: Introduction * PART I: THEORETICAL AND HISTORICAL FOUNDATIONS OF LABOUR MARKET REFORMS * 1. Theorising Labour Market Reforms * 2. Specific Forms and the Legacies of Class Struggle * 3. The Rise and Fall of Keynesianism: An Outline of the Labour-Capital Relations * 4. The Rise and Consolidation of Monetarism: Transformation of the Labour Regime * PART II: LABOUR MARKET REFORMS IN THE MONETARIST ERA * 5. Deunionisation and Suppression of Collective Bargaining * 6. Deregulation and Flexibilisation * 7. Social Security Reform and Privatisation * PART III: CRISIS OF MONETARISM * 8. The Current Global Economic Crisis: Transformation of the Labour Market * Conclusion: Whither Capitalism?

November 2014 UK November 2014 US 256pp 11 figures, 8 b/w tables Hardback £65.00 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 9781137382610 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Monsanto and Intellectual Property in South America

Felipe Amin Filomeno, Universidade Federal De Santa Catarina, Brazil

Felipe Filomeno presents a theory about the formation and change of intellectual property regimes based on the case of Monsanto in South American soybean agriculture.

Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. Argentina: The Old Developmental Model * 3. Brazil: The Neodevelopmental Model * 4. Paraguay: The Dependent Model * 5. Conclusion: Seeds of the Future

February 2014 UK February 2014 US 208pp 1 b/w line drawing, 1 b/w table Hardback £65.00 / $100.00 / CN$109.00 9781137356680 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Regionalizing Global CrisesThe Financial Crisis and New Frontiers in Regional Governance

Edited by Toni Haastrup, University of Warwick, United Kingdom, Yong-Soo Eun, Incheon National University, South Korea

How are global crises' responded to and dealt with? Are there any links between regionalism and global crises in terms of stimuli, processes, and consequences? This edited volume brings together a range of examples illustrating the development and importance of regional actors in the global governance of the political economy.

Contents: 1. Regionalising ‘Global’ Crisis: Interventions, Actors and Why they Matter; Toni Haastrup and Yong-Soo Eun * 2. Old/ ‘New’ Regionalisms before and after the ‘Global Crisis’: from rebalancing to reordering?; Timothy M. Shaw * 3. Understanding Economic Crisis in the era of Regionalisation: The

Enigma of Regionalism; Andreas Themistocleous * 4. Risk or Opportunity? Institutional Change and Europe’s Financial Crisis, 2008-2012; Nikolaos Zahariadis and Theofanis Exadaktylos * 5. Regionalising Financial Development in East Asia; Lena Rethel * 6. The Impact of the Global Financial ‘Crisis’ in SSA: An Agenda for Growth; Diery Seck and Amie Gaye * 7. Regional Financing Arrangements Post-Crisis: An Emerging Role in the Global Financial Architecture?; Marieke Zwartjes * 8. Crises and Regional Governance Attempts: The Curious Case of Turkey; Pinar Emine Donmez * 9. Regionalism in Retreat? Evidence from the European Neighbourhood; Panagiota Manoli * Conclusion; Yong-Soo Eun, Toni Haastrup, and Marieke Zwartjes


Managing Africa’s Natural ResourcesCapacities for Development

Edited by Kobena T. Hanson, African Capacity Building Foundation (ACBF), Cristina D’Alessandro, Institut d’Etudes Politiques de Paris-Sciences Po, France, Francis Owusu, Iowa State University, USA

The authors investigate well-known concerns in natural resource management in Africa while focusing on the capacity dimension of the problems. They examine dynamics of leadership, governance, criminality, structural transformation, as well as emerging issues such as green growth.

Contents: 1. Toward a Coordinated Approach to Natural Resource Management in Africa; Kobena T. Hanson, Francis Y. Owusu and Cristina D’Alessandro * 2. The Status of Natural Resource Management in Africa: Capacity Development Challenges

and Opportunities; Joseph Ayee * 3. Governance of Natural Resource Management in Africa: Contemporary Perpectives; Peter Arthur * 4. Criminality in the Natural Resource Management Value/Supply Chain; Olawale Ismail and Jide Martyns Okeke * 5. Structured Transformation and Natural Resources Management in Africa; William G. Moseley * 6. Strategic Capacity-building Imperatives vital for Transboundary Water Cooperation in Africa; Claudious Chikozho * 7. The Gas and Oil Sector in Ghana: The Role of Civil Society and the Capacity Needs for Effective Environmental Governance; Cristina D’Alessandro, Kobena T. Hanson and Francis Y. Owusu * and more

August 2014 UK August 2014 US 232pp 1 b/w table, 4 figures, 1 map Hardback £65.00 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 9781137365606 Canadian Rights ebooks available


24

Promoting U.S. Investment in Sub-Saharan Africa

Roshen Hendrickson, College of Staten Island, USA“The thrust of this exceptional book is clear and unambiguous: Africa is a land of opportunity with respect to the core economic interests of the United States. Hendrickson proves to have mastery of a complex subject, with strong indicators for both gains and challenges while also exhibiting a wonderfully unusual sympathy for the African side in the long encounter of inequality.” — Toyin Falola, University Distinguished Teaching Professor and Jacob and Frances Mossiker Chair in the Humanities, the University of Texas at Austin, USA

Addressing an under-studied aspect of U.S. foreign policy towards sub-Saharan Africa, Hendrickson provides a

critical historical analysis of institutions designed to promote private investment in the region. She draws attention to the interaction between strategic factors, domestic interests, and the ideas used to achieve consensus on policy.

Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. Understanding Promotion of Investment in Africa * 3. The Cold War and the Creation of Institutions Promoting Investment * 4. Global Economic Competition and the Post Cold War Shift * 5. George W. Bush and Africa in the New Millennium * 6. The Obama Administration in a Multi-Polar World * 7. Conclusion: Africa and Transformation in the Global Economy * Bibliography

August 2014 UK August 2014 US 208pp 4 tables Hardback £58.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 9781137365439 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Multinational Corporations from Emerging MarketsState Capitalism 3.0

Edited by Andreas Nölke, Goethe University, Frankfurt, Germany

The rise of multinational corporations (MNCs) from emerging markets has been a major development during the last decade. An important feature of emerging market MNCs is their close relationship with home states. The book investigates this special kind of relationship and explores how it affects the cross-border activities of these corporations.

Contents: PART I: GENERAL PERSPECTIVES * 1. (Multi?)national Corporations and the State in Established Economies; John Mikler * 2. Multinationals as an Instrument of Catch-up Industrialization: Understanding the Strategic Links between State and Industry in Emerging Markets; Terutomo * PART II: COUNTRY STUDIES

* 3. South Korean Multinationals after the Asian Financial Crisis: Towards Liberal Capitalism?; Seung-il Jeong * 4. Private Chinese Multinationals and the Long Shadow of the State; Andreas Nölke * 5. Russia’s Multinationals: Network State Capitalism Goes Global; Jonas Grätz * 6. Sector Creation and Evolution: The Role of the State in Shaping the Rise of the Indian Pharmaceutical Sectoral Business System; Heather Taylor * 7. Financing the Expansion of Brazilian Multinationals into Europe: The Role of the Brazilian Development Bank (BNDES); Gilmar Masiero, Mario H. Ogasavaro, Luiz Caseiro and Silas Ferreira * PART III: INTERNATIONAL INSTITUTIONS * 8. How Policies shape Foreign Direct Investment: Examining Foreign Direct Investment from Latin America to the European Union; Judith Clifton, Daniel Diaz-Fuentes and Julio Revuelta * 9. The Action-Reaction in the Global Trade: Comparing the Cases of Brazilian Chicken and Thai Tuna Industries; Suthikorn Kingkaew * Conclusion: State Support for Emerging Market Multinationals; Andreas Nölke


Credit Ratings and Sovereign DebtThe Political Economy of Creditworthiness through Risk and Uncertainty

Bartholomew Paudyn, University of Victoria, Canada

Bartholomew Paudyn investigates how governments across the globe struggle to constitute the authoritative knowledge underpinning the political economy of credit worthiness and what the (neoliberal) ‘fiscal normality’ means for democratic governance.

Contents: Introduction: Credit Rating Crisis * New Analytics of Sovereign Ratings * Socio-Technical Devices of Control * Government through Risk and Uncertainty * Performative Political Economy of Creditworthiness * 1. Crisis and Control * Emerging Sovereign Bond Markets * Asian Flu Hits Ratings * The Quest for Fiscal Transparency * New Century but Even More of the Old * Contagion Risk of Ratings * Rating Legacy Lingers On * Conceptual Territory of Sovereign Creditworthiness * Authoritative Knowledge * Beyond Just Ideational Constructs * Performativity *

Politics of Resistance and Resilience * Absence of a Singular and Totalizing Neoliberal Capitalism * Absence of Singular Centre to Democratic Resistance/Resilience * 2. The Rise of Risk and Uncertainty * Conceptual Lineage of Risk * Period of Hegemonic Risk Financialization * Security * Profit * and more

June 2014 UK June 2014 US 264pp Hardback £65.00 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 9781137302762 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Recipient States in Global Health PoliticsPEPFAR in Africa

Ricardo Pereira, Foundation for Science and Technology, Portugal

Even if constrained in their international choices, recipient countries of global health programmes hold the capacity to autonomously define and pursue their own strategies, policies, and ultimately attain political goals. This is comparatively demonstrated through the analysis of PEPFAR’s implementation in Botswana, Ethiopia and South Africa.

Contents: 1. Introduction: Agency in Global Health * 2. Global Health Governance and Role of States * 3. Recipient States in an Asymmetric System * 4. International Developments of States in Africa * 5. PEPFAR: Project of Global Transformation * 6. Botswana: National Survival against HIVAIDS * 7. Ethiopia: Self-Help with External Support * 8. South Africa: Changing HIV/AIDS Policies * 9. Conclusion: Recipient States Being Sovereign

November 2014 UK November 2014 US 192pp 1 b/w table Hardback £58.00 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 9781137442963 Canadian Rights ebooks available



Migrant Remittances in South AsiaSocial, Economic and Political Implications

Edited by Md Mizanur Rahman, National University of Singapore, Singapore, Tan Tai Yong, National University of Singapore, Singapore, AKM Ahsan Ullah, American University in Cairo, Egypt

This volume provides theoretical treatments of remittance on how its development potential is translated into reality. The authors meticulously delve into diverse mechanisms through which migrant communities remit, investigating how recipients engage in the development process in South Asia.

Contents: Migrant Remittances in South Asia: An Introduction; Md Mizanur Rahman, Tan Tai Yong and AKM Ahsan Ullah * PART I: REMITTANCE AND CONCEPTUAL ISSUES * 1. Understanding Remittances: Theoretical and Methodological Issues; Md Mizanur

Rahman and Lian Kwen Fee * 2. Gender and Remittances: Remodelling Remittance Exposure; AKM Ahsan Ullah * PART II: REMITTANCE TRANSFER SYSTEMS * 3. Formal Remittances: Costs and efficiencies of remittance transfers to South Asia; Bhupal Singh * 4. Social Organization of Hundi: Informal Remittance Transfers to South Asia; Md Mizanur Rahman and Brenda S.A. Yeoh * PART III: IMPLICATIONS OF REMITTANCES IN SOUTH ASIA * 5. The social dynamics of remittance-receiving in Pakistan: Agency and opportunity among non-migrants in a transnational social field; Marta Bivand Erdal * 6. Remittances and SME Development: Reflections from South Asia; Rita Afsar * 7. Gendering Remittances: Contested Masculinities among Bangladeshi Muslim Male Immigrants in New York City; Natacha Stevanovic-Fenn * 8. Globalization of Remittances in India: Toward a Sociological Perspective; Vani S Kulkarni * 9. When Money Follows the Corpse: Remittances of Deceased Migrants in South Asia; AKM Ahsan Ullah and Mallik Akram Hossain * 10. Fertility Responses to Migrant Remittances in Pakistan; Mazhar Mughal an Amar Anwar * 11. Migrants’ Private Giving and Development in Central Gujarat, India; Puja Guha * 12. Uses and Impacts of Remittances in Nepal; Bhubanesh Pant


The Politics of Resource ExtractionIndigenous Peoples, Multinational Corporations and the State

Edited by Suzana Sawyer, University of California, Davis, USA, Edmund Terence Gomez, University of Malaya, Malaysia "Indispensable reading for anyone working at the fraught intersection of extractive industry and indigenous peoples."— Stuart Kirsch, University of Michigan, USA and author of Mining Capitalism

International institutions (United Nations, World Bank) and multinational companies have voiced concern over the adverse impact of resource extraction activities on the livelihood of indigenous communities. This volume examines mega resource extraction projects in Australia, Bolivia, Canada, Chad, Cameroon, India, Nigeria, Peru, the Philippines.

Contents: Preface to the Paperback Edition * 1. Transnational Governmentality in the Context of Resource Extraction; S.Sawyer and E.T.Gomez * 2. On Indigenous Identity and a Language of Rights; S.Sawyer and E.T.Gomez * 3. State, Capital, Multinational Institutions and Indigenous Peoples; S.Sawyer and E.T.Gomez * 4. Indigenous Rights, Mining Corporations and the Australian State; J.Altman * 5. Extracting Justice: Natural Gas, Indigenous Mobilization and the Bolivian State; T.Perreault * 6. The Broker State and the ‘Inevitability’ of Progress: The Camisea Project and Indigenous Peoples in Peru; P.Urteaga-Crovetto * 7. Development, Power and Identity Politics in the Philippines; R.D.Rovillos and V.Tauli-Corpuz * 8. The Nigerian State, Multinational Oil Corporations and the Indigenous Communities of the Niger Delta; B.Naanen * 9. Identity, Power and Development: The Kondhs in Orissa, India; V.Xaxa * and more

October 2014 UK October 2014 US 336pp Paperback £21.99 / $32.00 / CN$37.00 9781137463210 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Conditionality and the Ambitions of GovernanceSocial Transformation in Southeastern Europe

Joel T. Shelton, Lafayette College, USA

Shelton investigates the conditionality regime directed at ‘transforming societies’ inside EU candidate states. He offers a new understanding of conditionality that incorporates the social and subjective dimensions of the ‘European project’, locating the ambitions and limits of conditionality in the ideas of political economy.

Contents: 1. Introduction: Conditionality in Crisis? * 1.1. From Crisis to Conditionality * 1.2. A Brief History of European Union Conditionality * 1.3. The Political Economy of Conditionality * 1.4. From Smith to Foucault: Poststructuralist Readings of Political Economy * 1.5. The Ambitions of Political Economy * 1.6. Plan of the Book * PART I: POLITICAL ECONOMY AND CONDITIONALITY * 2. The Limits of International Political Economy * 2.1. Disciplining Political Economy * 2.2. The Calculations of Rationalist IPE * 2.3. Conceptualizing Conditionality * 2.4. Re-thinking Political Economy * 2.5. Conclusion * 3. The Anxieties of Classical Political Economy * 3.1. Towards a Political Economy of Disharmony * 3.2. James Steuart and the Ambitions of Governance * 3.3. Adam Smith and the Fragility of Social Exchange * 4. Political Economy and the Problem of Conduct * 4.1. Managing Disharmonious Spaces * 4.2. Karl Marx and the Subjective Requirements of Accumulation * 4.3. Max Weber and the Habits of Bureaucracy * 4.4. Neoliberal Anxieties: Continuity and Innovation * PART II: CONDITIONALITY AS TECHNIQUE OF GOVERNANCE * 5. Assembling Conditionality in the Republic of Macedonia * 5.1. Conditionality in its Latest Phase * 5.2. Instruments of Conditionality * and more


Constructing European Union Trade PolicyA Global Idea of Europe

Gabriel Siles-Brügge, University of Manchester, UK“With its combination of theoretical rigour and deep empirical research Gabriel Siles-Brügge’s volume delivers rich insight into the nature of EU trade policy and its changing orientations. This book is a ‘must read’ for anyone concerned with political economy of European integration and the external projection of the EU. It is also one of the very best books on trade politics published in the past decade, and a major contribution to the emerging canon of constructivist IPE."—Ben Rosamond, University of Copenhagen, Denmark

Gabriel Siles-Brugge explains why the EU has increasingly turned to free trade agreements with

emerging markets to deliver economic prosperity.

Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. Trade is What You Make of It: The Social Construction of EU Commercial Policy * 3. Charting the Rise of ‘Global Europe’ * 4. Resisting ‘Protectionism’: The EU-Korea Free Trade Agreement * 5. ‘Global Europe’ and the Economic Partnership Agreements * 6. ‘Global Europe’ during the Crisis: Reciprocity and the Political Limits to Liberalisation * 7. Conclusion

February 2014 UK February 2014 US 272pp 8 b/w tables, 4 b/w line drawings Hardback £65.00 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 9781137331656 Canadian Rights ebooks available


26

Towards a New Political Economy of DevelopmentStates and Regions in the Post-Neoliberal World

Gerard Strange, University of Lincoln, UK

The author examines new development strategies in the context of globalisation and the crisis of the Washington Consensus. Critiquing both protectionism and the free market he points to the influence and evolution of Keynesian ideas for the management and stabilisation of development in an era marked by the unravelling of neoliberal prosperity.

Contents: PART I: GLOBALISATION, THE NEW DEVELOPMENTALISM AND WORLD ORDER CHANGE: AFTER NEOLIBERALISM AND HEGEMONY * 1. Introduction: Globalisation, the Diffusion of Power, and the Post-Listian Developmentalist Turn: the Structural Parameters of Contemporary World Order Change * 2. Globalisation’s Impact on States, Strategies and Accumulation Regimes: From Neoliberalism to the New Keynesian Macroeconomics * PART II: THE POLITICAL ECONOMY OF CHINA’S POST-LISTIAN RISE: STATE DEVELOPMENTALISM BEYOND NEOMERCANTILISM * 3. Debating Contemporary Developmentalism and the ‘China Model’: From Neomercantilism to ‘Gated’ Globalisation * 4. Beyond The Gated Globe: China as a Post-Listian Developmental State * PART III: FROM THE POST-NEOLIBERAL LATIN AMERICAN QUAGMIRE TO SOUTH AMERICAN NATIONAL AND REGIONAL NEODEVELOPMENTALISM * 5. The New Developmental Regionalism In Post-Neoliberal South America * 6. The Theoretical Contestation of Developmental Regionalism in South America * 7. National Neodevelopmentalist Models in South America * 8. The Tensions, Contradictions and Possibilities of the Liberal Neodevelopmentalist Model * PART IV: THE EUROPEAN UNION AND THE EUROZONE: A DEVELOPMENTAL OUTLIER IN CRISIS AND REFORM * 9. The Political Economy of ‘Maastricht EMU’: Depoliticisation and the German Model * 10. The French Model of European Monetary Union: Sovereignty, the Eurozone Debt Crisis and the Repoliticisation of the Euro * 11. Conclusion: Developmentalist Globalisation, US Decline and Post-Listian World Order

December 2014 UK December 2014 US 248pp Hardback £65.00 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 9781137277367 Canadian Rights ebooks available

The Arab Spring in the Global Political EconomyLeila Simona Talani, King’s College London, UK

Although it is still early for an established academic account of the motivations behind the dramatic events in the Arab world in 2010/11, Leila Simona Talani believes that it is about time to try and place this issue into the broader picture of the latest changes in the global political economy.

Contents: The Events of the Arab Spring * The Academic Rationale: A Qualitative Definition of Globalization and its Impact on the MENA Region * The Structure Of The Book * PART I * 1.The Chinese Butterfly and the Arab Spring * 2. Bread and Globalisation * 3. Bread And The Arab Spring * 4. What Is Globalisation? * 5. Does Globalisation Exist? * 6. Skeptics * 7. Globalists * 8. Quantitative definition * 9. Realists * 10. Liberal Institutionalists (Transformationalists) * 11. Qualitative definition * 12. What

are the Consequences of Globalisation? * 13. Can Globalisation be governed? * 14. Conclusion: the Three Paradoxes of Globalisation * PART II * 15. The Paradox of Regionalisation Within Globalisation: Some Theoretical Concerns * 16. Globalisation and Regionalisation * 17. Realism: the Enduring Hegemony of the State Within the ‘Triad’ * 18. Liberal -institutionalism: Regionalism as a Step Towards Cosmopolitanism * 19. Transnationalism: the Regional Dimension of the Global Restructuring of Production * 20. How does Regionalisation Take Place? The Mechanisms of Integration in the IPE Theoretical Debate * and more

August 2014 UK August 2014 US 272pp 60 figures, 23 tables Hardback £65.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 9781137272188 Canadian Rights ebooks available

The Chinese State, Oil and Energy SecurityMonique Taylor, University of Queensland, Australia

Monique Taylor analyses the policy rationale and institutional underpinnings of China’s state-led or neomercantilist oil strategy, and its development, set against the wider context of economic transformation as the country transitions from a centrally planned to market economy.

Contents: 1. A Party-State Centred Approach to the Study of Energy Policy in China * 2. Sectoral Governance and State Capacity * 3. The Interplay of Elite and Bureaucratic Power * 4. The Socialist Era of Oil Self-Sufficiency (1949 – 1978) * 5. Decentralisation and Corporatisation of the Oil Sector (1978 – 2003) * 6. Rebuilding Oil State Capacity (2003 – 2012) * 7. China’s National Oil Companies ‘Go Global’ * 8. Authoritarian State Capacity in a Liberal World Order

April 2014 UK April 2014 US 232pp 3 b/w tables, 2 b/w line drawings Hardback £65.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 9781137350541 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Power and Imbalances in the Global Monetary SystemA Comparative Capitalism Perspective

Mattias Vermeiren, Ghent University, Belgium

The author examines the indirect macroeconomic roots of the global financial crisis and Eurozone debt crisis: the escalation of global trade imbalances between the US and China and regional trade imbalances in the Eurozone. He provides new insights into the sources and dynamics of power and instability in the contemporary global monetary system.

Contents: 1. Introduction * PART I: INTERNATIONAL MONETARY POWER: A COMPARATIVE CAPITALISM PERSPECTIVE * PART II: THE GLOBAL IMBALANCES AND THE INSTABILITY OF US MONETARY HEGEMONY * PART III: RISING IMBALANCES AND MONETARY POWER IN THE EUROZONE * PART IV: RESERVE ACCUMULATION AND THE ENTRAPMENT OF CHINESE MONETARY POWER PART V: INTERNATIONAL MONETARY POWER AND GLOBAL MACROECONOMIC ADJUSTMENT

October 2014 UK October 2014 US 232pp 25 b/w tables, 4 figures Hardback £65.00 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 9781137397560 Canadian Rights ebooks available



The Political Economy of Energy, Finance and Security in the United Arab EmiratesBetween the Majilis and the Market

Karen E. Young, American University of Sharjah, United Arab Emirates“An absolutely essential and timely contribution to understanding the UAE at a time when the Arab Gulf States are rising in importance and playing a more distinct role in regional and international politics. Karen Young’s book not only challenges some assumptions but will also encourage further scholarship on a critical part of the world.”— Christian Koch, Gulf Research Center Foundation, Switzerland

This book explores the process of policymaking and implementation in the finance, energy and security sectors in the United Arab Emirates. It looks at the role of informal advisory networks in a nascent private sector,

federal politics, and historical ties in foreign relations.

Contents: 1. Introducing the Concept of the Majilis and the Market * 2. State Formation, Citizenship and the Invention of the Emirates * 3. Connected Capitalism: Political Economy of Finance in the UAE * 4. Clean, Mean and Dirty: Political Economy of Energy in the UAE * 5. An Emerging Interventionist: Political Economy of Security in the UAE * 6. Conclusion: Towards a New Understanding of Emirati and Gulf Politics

July 2014 UK July 2014 US 208pp 15 figures, 6 tables Hardback £58.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 9781137021960 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Edited by Shujie Yao, Professor, University of Nottingham, UK, Steve Tsang, Professor of Contemporary Chinese Studies and Head of the School of the School of Contemporary Chinese Studies, University of Nottingham, UK

Foreign Direct Investment, Governance, and the Environment in ChinaRegional Dimensions

Jing Zhang, University of Nottingham, UK

This book links the environment and corruption with China’s large inflows of foreign direct investment (FDI). It investigates the effects of economic development and foreign investment on pollution in China; the effects of corruption and governance quality on FDI location choice in China.

Contents: 1. Introduction * PART I: ECONOMIC GROWTH, FDI AND THE ENVIRONMENT IN CHINA * 2. Economic Growth and FDI in China * 3. Environmental Quality in China * 4. Literature Review on EKC and the Effects of FDI on the Environment * 5. Growth, FDI and the Environment: Evidence from Chinese Cities * PART II: FDI AND ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATIONS IN CHINA * 6. Environmental Regulations in China * 7. Theoretical and Empirical Studies on FDI and Environmental Regulations * 8.

Do Intra-Country Pollution Havens Exist? * PART III: CORRUPTION, GOVERNMENT, FDI AND THE ENVIRONMENT IN CHINA * 9. Literature Review * 10. Corruption, Anti-corruption and Governance in China * 11. Corruption, Governance and FDI Locations in China: Empirical Evidence * 12. Corruption, FDI and Environmental Regulations * 13. Conclusions

January 2014 UK January 2014 US 292pp 1 map, 27 figures, 43 tables Hardback £70.00 / $115.00 / CN$132.00 9780230354159 Canadian Rights

China’s Outward Foreign Direct Investments and Impact on the World Economy

Shujie Yao, University of Nottingham, UK, Pan Wang, Pingan Trust Co., China

This book studies the impact of China’s outward foreign direct investment on the world economy. It uses both case studies and modeling approaches to study how China’s investments have affected the rest of the world.

Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. Literature on China’s OFDI * 3. China’s OFDI and Resource-Seeking Strategy: A Case Study on Chinalco and Rio Tinto * 4. OFDI and Technology-seeking Strategy: A Case Study of Geely’s acquisition of Volvo * 5. Location, Resources and Technology of China’s OFDI * 6. Dynamic Relationship between China’s IFDI and OFDI * 7. Does China’s OFDI Displace OECD’s OFDI? * 8. Policy Implications and Conclusions


THE NOTTINGHAM CHINA POLICY INSTITUTE SERIES


28

China’s Many DreamsComparative Perspectives on China’s Search for National Rejuvenation

Edited by David Kerr, Durham University, UK

China’s new leader Xi Jinping has announced that the China Dream of great rejuvenation of the Chinese nation is now closer than ever. This book discusses the meaning and progress of Chinese national rejuvenation from multiple perspectives. It discusses critically China’s progress towards becoming a strong, prosperous and well-governed country.

Contents: 1. Introduction: China’s Many Dreams; David Kerr * 2. Contextualizing the China Dream: A Reinforced Consultative Leninist Approach to Government; Steve Tsang * 3. Civil Society and China’s Governance Dilemmas in the Era of National Rejuvenation; David Kerr * 4. Worrying About Ethnicity: A New Generation of China Dreams?; David Tobin * 5. A Swinging Pendulum: the Chinese Way in Growth and Development from 1800 to the Present Day; Kent G. Deng * 6. Let The Hundred Businesses Donate (bai shang qi juan): The New Chinese Ways of Philanthropy, Traditional Values and the US Model; Gordon C. K. Cheung * 7. Does China Offer a New Paradigm for Doing Science?; Joy Y. Zhang * 8. Chinese Cultural Diplomacy: Old Wine in New Bottles?; Michael Barr * 9. China at Arms: Millennial Strategic Traditions and Their Diplomatic Implications; Shi Yinhong * 10. China Dream: A New Chinese Way in International Society?; Xiaoming Zhang * 11. Conclusion: how close is China to national rejuvenation?; David Kerr


Co-operative Innovations in China and the West

Edited by Caroline Gijselinckx, Research Institute for Work and Society (HIVA), KU Leuven, Belgium, Li Zhao, KU Leuven, Belgium, Sonja Novkovic, Saint Mary’s University, Canada "This book is so timely and so relevant... I welcome the contribution that this book makes to the greater understanding of co-operatives in China and that strategic debate."—Dame Pauline Green, President of the International Co-operative Alliance.

This book aims to contribute to our understanding of recent changes in Chinese and Western cooperatives. It will provide a variety of audiences with relevant and useful information for further co-operative development, mutual understanding and cooperation.

Contents: Acknowledgements * Notes on the Contributors * Preface; Dame Pauline Green * Introduction: Cooperative Innovations in China and the West: Caroline Gijselinckx, Li Zhao and Sonja Novkovic * PART I: GENERAL ANALYSIS OF TRENDS AND EVOLUTIONS IN CO-OPERATIVES IN THE WEST * 1. Features and Determinants of Co-operative Development in Western Countries; Patrizia Battilani * 2. Globalization and Co-operative Strategies; Roger Spear * 3. Co-operative Networks, Adaptability and Organizational Innovations; Sonja Novkovic * 4. Multistakeholder Co-operatives as an Inspiration for the Co-operative Movement: a Comparative Perspective; Martine Vézina and Jean-Pierre Girard * PART II: SECTOR SPECIFIC ANALYSIS OF TRENDS AND EVOLUTIONS IN THE WEST * 5. Stakeholder Participation in Co-operative Capital in Western Agricultural Co-operatives; Constantine Iliopoulos * and more

July 2014 UK July 2014 US 312pp 11 figures, 19 tables Hardback £65.00 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 9781137277275 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Whither the World: The Political Economy of the FutureVolume 1

Grzegorz W. Kolodko, Kozminski Business School, Poland“In this compelling volume, Dr. Grzegorz Kołodko combines academic expertise and a distinguished record of government service during crucial periods of Poland’s economic reforms. Ranging across genres and never shying from controversy, he has written a useful contribution to the literature on economics, social change, and 21st-century world order.” - Dr. Henry A. Kissinger, Nobel Peace Laureate

The study deals with challenging questions of long-term future of global economy and the mankind. Focusing not only on what happens in the economic sphere but also on cultural, social, political, demographic, technological, and ecological processes. It employs a holistic approach to answer fundamental questions about the course of the future.

Contents: PART I: WHY ECONOMISTS ERR SO OFTEN * 1. A Truthful Economics, or the Shoulds and the Realities of Modern Economic Science * 2. Blueprint for the Future * 3. On Employing Economics to Shape Reality * 4. Globalization – an Accident of History? * 5. Market versus Government in an Age of Globalization * PART II: THREATS AND OPPORTUNITIES: WHICH PREVAIL? * 6. Economy Without Values is Like Life Without Sense * 7. International Agreements and Disagreements


Economic Integration in AsiaTowards the Delineation of a Sustainable Path

Edited by Bernadette Andreosso-O’Callaghan, University of Limerick, Republic of Ireland, Jacques Jaussaud, Université de Pau et des Pays de l’Adour, France, Bruna Maria Zolin, Università Ca’ Foscari, Italy

This study assesses the current state of economic integration in Asia - in particular in East and South East Asia- and analyzes the prerequisites for a sustainable path of economic integration, using the background of the EU experience as a benchmark.

Contents: PART I: AN INTEGRATED APPROACH TO THE CONCEPT OF ECONOMIC INTEGRATION * 1. Introduction: Sustainable Economic Integration in the Asia Context; Bernadette Andreosso O’Callaghan, Jacques Jaussaud and M. Bruna Zolin * 2. Sustainable Economic Integration: the Experience of the European

Union; Andrea Mairate * PART II: ASSESSING ECONOMIC INTEGRATION IN ASIA * 3. Regional Integration Within Greater China. State of Play and Future Prospects; Françoise Nicolas * 4. The China-Taiwan Relationship: Economic Integration and Normalization; Bernadette Andreosso-O’Callaghan and Qin Tang * 5. Unexpected and Growing Interest in Land Investments? The Asian Case; Lucia Luzi, M. Bruna Zolin * 6. In Pursuit of Appropriate Patterns of Foreign Investment for Sustainable Development; Ota Tatsuyuki * 7. Localisation of Management Positions in European and Japanese Subsidiaries in Asia: A Qualitative Investigation; Bruno Amann, Shiho Futagami, Jacques Jaussaud, Shuji Mizoguchi, Hiroyuki Nakamura and Johannes Schaapes * 8. The Impact of Non-Tariff Barriers in the European Union on China’s Exports; Utai Uprasen

June 2014 UK June 2014 US 176pp 22 b/w tables, 36 figures Hardback £45.00 / $67.50 / CN$78.00 9781137432926 Canadian Rights ebooks available



Edited by Toby Carroll, Associate Professor, City University of Hong Kong, M. Ramesh, Professor, National University of Singapore, Darryl S.L. Jarvis, Professor, Hong Kong Institute of Education, Paul Cammack, Professor, City University of Hong Kong

The Politics of Marketising Asia

Edited by Toby Carroll, City University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Darryl S.L. Jarvis, Hong Kong Institute of Education, Hong Kong

A global cast of contributors critically analyze the diffusion of neoliberal development policy in Asia under late capitalism.

Contents: 1. Theorising Asia’s Marketisation under Late Capitalism: Risk, Capital and the New Politics of Development; Toby Carroll and Darryl S.L. Jarvis * 2. Risk, Social Protection and the World Market; Paul Cammack * 3. The International Finance Corporation’s Transformation of Development in the Asia Pacific: Working on, Through and Around the State; Toby Carroll * 4. Regulatory States in the South: Can they Exist and do we want them? The case of the Indonesian Power Sector; Darryl S.L. Jarvis * 5. State-Building and Primitive Accumulation in the Solomon

Islands: The Unintended Consequences of Risk Mitigation at the Frontiers of Global Capitalist Expansion; Shahar Hameiri * 6. Into the Deep: The World Bank Group and Mining Regimes in Laos, The Philippines and Papua New Guinea; Pascale Hatcher * 7. Building Neoliberal Markets and other Agendas: The Politics of Risk Management at AusAID; Thomas Wanner and Andrew Rosser * 8. Market building and risk under a Regime in Transition: The Asian Development Bank in Myanmar (Burma); Adam Simpson * 9. Reforming the Chinese Railway Sector: The Role and Limits of International Governmental Organisations in Building Markets; Marc Laperrouza * 10. Institutional Design and Quality as Determinants of Market Building: The Markets for Corporate Control in Asia; Alberto Asquer * 11. The Market Turn in Jakarta’s Water Supply: Vested Interests and Challenges of Realising the Regulatory State; Leong Ching * 12. Problems and Obstacles to Market Building in the Indian Energy Sector; Pramod Kumar Yadav

June 2014 UK June 2014 US 336pp 27 b/w tables, 8 b/w line drawings Hardback £65.00 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 9781137001665 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Regimes of RiskThe World Bank and the Transformation of Mining in Asia

Pascale Hatcher, Ritsumeikan University, Japan

With Asia as its backdrop, this book investigates the role played by the World Bank Group (WBG) in conceptualising and promoting new mining regimes tailored for resource-rich country clients. It details a particular politics of mining in the Global South characterised by the transplanting, hijacking and contesting of the WBG’s mining agenda.

Contents: Introduction * 1. Into the Deep: The World Bank Group, Mining Regimes and Theoretical Insights * 2. The Open Pit: Socio-Environmental Safeguards, Multilateral Meddling and Mining Regimes in the Philippines * 3. Mining, Multilateral Safeguards and The Remodelling of Political Representation in Laos * 4. Green Mining in the Gobi? Multilateral Norms and the Making of Mongolia’s Mining Regime * 5. Fighting Back: Resource Nationalism and the Reclaiming of Political Space

September 2014 UK September 2014 US 208pp 14 b/w tables, 7 figures, 3 maps Hardback £58.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 9781137031310 Canadian Rights ebooks available

The Political Process of PolicymakingA Pragmatic Approach to Public Policy

Philippe Zittoun, University of Lyon, France“This excellent volume by Philippe Zittoun takes on the analysis of the political construction of public policy head-on. It develops and refines key definitions and methods for the political analysis of public policy-making, from problem construction to solution ‘bricolage’ and the development and analysis of the argumentative strategies used to propagate solutions and legitimize them. This is essential reading for all students of policy-making.” —Micheal Howlett, Burnaby Mountain Chair, Simon Fraser University, Canada

Philippe Zittoun analyses the public policymaking process focusing on how governments relentlessly

develop proposals to change public policy to address insoluble problems. Rather than considering this surprising Sisyphean effort as a lack of rationality, the author examines it as a political activity that produces order and stability.

Contents: Introduction: The Political Processof Policymaking * PART I: CREATING SOCIAL DISORDER CONSTRUCTING, PROPAGATING AND POLICITISING SOCIAL PROBLEMS * 1. A Pragmatic Approach to Public Problems * 2. Definitional Struggles Around Unacceptable Problems * PART II: DEFINING SOLUTION, A COMPLEX BRICOLAGE TO SOLVE PUBLIC PROBLEMS * 1. Between Stratagem and Cognitive Bricolage: The Contribution of Simon and Lindblom * 2. From Cognitive Bricolage to Language Games * 3. The Five Couplings in Defining Solutions * 4. From Coupling to Restoring Political Order * PART III: PROPAGATING SOLUTION, ARGUMENTATIVE STRATEGIES TO CEMENT COALITIONS * 1. Arguing to Persuade * 2. Discussion as a Test of Persuasion Strategies * 3. From Persuasion to Diffusion, Building Discursive Coalitions * PART IV: POLICY STATEMENTS TO LEGITIMISE ‘DECISION-MAKERS’ * 1. The Paradoxes of Taking Positions into Account * 2. The Definitional Issues of a Topography of Positions * 3. The ‘Decision’ to Fix Topographies Within Statements * 4. An Empirical Example of Decision: Political Decision-making of the Paris Tramway * Conclusion: How Public Policy Shapes Politics

June 2014 UK June 2014 US 224pp 1 b/w table Hardback £58.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 9781137347657 Canadian Rights ebooks available

STUDIES IN THE POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PUBLIC POLICY


30

Development Policy in AfricaMastering the Future?

George Kararach, The African Development Bank"This book offers an important contribution to current debates about the economic development of African countries. It offers insightful analyses that will be of interest to students, scholars and policy-makers in the region."—Alfredo Saad Filho, University of London, UK

The author investigates the agenda for transformation in contemporary African development studies: policy studies, strategic studies, international relations and economic diplomacy. With a focus on the capacity dimension, he proposes critical policy and action-oriented recommendations on how to overcome present and future emergencies in Africa.

Contents: 1. Global Pressures and the Need for Africa to Reposition * 2. Macroeconomic Policy Challenges in Africa * 3. Migration, the Youth Bulge and Population Dynamics * 4. Infrastructure and Connectivity * 5. Food Security and African Development * 6. Energy Security, Poverty and Development Policy in Africa * 7. Climate Change and Environmental Sustainability in Africa’s Development * 8. R&D and Innovation * 9. Integration for African Development: the Numbers Count * 10. Institutions, Incentives, Adaptability and Development


The Zero Marginal Cost SocietyThe Internet of Things, the Collaborative Commons, and the Eclipse of Capitalism

Jeremy Rifkin, bestselling author of 19 books“Jeremy Rifkin offers an ambitious and optimistic image of how a commons-based, collaborative model of the economy could displace industrial capitalism when the economic and social practices of the Internet are extended to energy, logistics, and material fabrication. Even skeptical readers, concerned with the ubiquitous surveillance and exquisite social control that these same technologies enable, should find the vision exhilarating and its exposition thought provoking.” —Yochai Benkler, Harvard Law School

The Zero Marginal Cost Society examines how the shift to an extremely interconnected world is making the core

values and institutions upon which we’ve based our lives, including private property, representative democracy, and national boundaries, obsolete, and looks to the new values and institutions that will propel the next great economic era.

Contents: 1. The Great Paradigm Shift from Capitalism to Collaboratism * PART I: THE UNTOLD HISTORY OF CAPITALISM * 2. The European Enclosures and the Birth of the Market Economy * 3. The Courtship of Capitalism and Economies of Scale * 4. Human Nature Through a Capitalist Lens * PART II: THE NEAR ZERO MARGINAL COST SOCIETY * 5. The Exponential Race to a Free Economy * 6. 3D Printing: From Mass Production to Production by the Masses * 7. MOOCs and a Zero Marginal Cost Education * 8. The Birth of the Prosumer * PART III: THE RISE OF THE COLLABORATIVE COMMONS * 9. The Comedy of the Commons * 10. The Collabortists Prepare for Battle * 11. The Struggle to Define and Control the Intelligent Infrastructure * PART IV: SOCIAL CAPITAL AND THE SHARING ECONOMY * 12. The Transformation from Ownership to Access * 13. Crowdsourcing Capital, Democratizing Currency, and Humanizing Entrepreneurship * PART V: THE ECONOMY OF ABUNDANCE * 14. Sustaining Abundance * 15. The Three Wilds Cards of the Apocalypse * 16. A Biosphere Lifestyle * Afterward: A Personal Note

April 2014 UK April 2014 US 368pp Hardback £17.99 / $28.00 / CN$32.00 9781137278463 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Cluster-Based Industrial Developments:KAIZEN Management for MSE Growth in Developing Countries

Keijiro Otsuka, National Graduate Institute for Policy Studies, Tokyo, Japan, Tetsushi Sonobe, Foundation for Advanced Studies on International Development and Professor, National Graduate Institute of Policy Studies, Japan

This book attempts to provide an effective strategy for industrial development based on the KAIZEN management training experiments conducted in Ghana, Kenya, Ethiopia, Vietnam, and Tanzania. We focus on micro and small enterprises (MSEs) in industrial clusters, because clusters consisting of MSEs are ubiquitous and have high potential to grow.

Contents: 1. Introduction* PART I: MANAGEMENT, INNOVATIONS, AND ENTERPRISE GROWTH * 2. Innovation and Cluster Development * 3. Management and Innovations * PART II: IMPACTS OF MANAGEMENT TRAINING * 4. The Large but Varying Effects of Basic Management Training in a Metalworking Cluster in Kumasi, Ghana * 5. Improved Performance of Small but Trained Firms in a Metalworking Cluster in Nairobi, Kenya * 6. Effects of Classroom and Onsite Training in a Metalworking Cluster in Addis Ababa, Ethiopia * 7. Increasing Interests in Management Training in a Knitwear Village in Hatay, Vietnam * 8. Spillover Effects of Management Training in a Garment Cluster in Dar es Salaam, Tanzania * 9. Management Training for Micro Entrepreneurs in a Garment Cluster in Addis Ababa, Ethiopia * PART III: TOWARDS A STRATEGY FOR MSE DEVELOPMENT * 10. New Industrial Policy: KAIZEN Management Training as a Key to Cluster-Based Development


Decolonising Palestinian Political EconomyDe-development and Beyond

Edited by Mandy Turner, Kenyon Institute, Israel, Omar Shweiki, University of Oxford, UK

The volume brings together cutting-edge political economy analyses of the Palestinian people: those living in the occupied territory of the West Bank and Gaza Strip, those living within Israel, and refugees in Arab states. It is a must-read for those who wish to understand the historical origins and contemporary realities that face Palestinians.

Contents: Foreword; Sara Roy * Introduction: Decolonising the Study of the Political Economy of the Palestinian People; Mandy Turner and Omar Shweiki * PART I: DE-DEVELOPMENT EXPLORED * 1. The Economic Strategies of Occupation: Confining Development and Buying-off Peace; Sahar Taghdisi-Rad * 2. The Political Economy of Western Aid in the Occupied Palestinian Territory Since 1993; Mandy Turner * 3. Hydro-apartheid and Water Access in Israel-Palestine: Challenging the Myths of Cooperation and Scarcity; Clemens Messerschmid * 4. (En)gendering De-development in East Jerusalem: Thinking Through the ‘Everyday’; Nadera Shalhoub-Kerkovian and Rachel Busbridge * PART II: DE-DEVELOPMENT APPLIED * 5. Palestinian Refugees: from ‘Spoilers’ to Agents of Development; Ingrid Jaradat Gassner * 6. Impeded Development: the Political Economy of the Palestinian Arabs Inside Israel; Mtanes Shehadeh and Raja Khalidi * 7. State-directed ‘Development’ as a Tool for Dispossessing the Indigenous Palestinian Bedouin-Arabs in the Naqab; Ismael Abu-Saad * 8. Planning the Divide: Israel’s 2020 Master Plan and its Impact on East Jerusalem; Rami Nasrallah * PART III: DE-DEVELOPMENT RESISTED * 9. Neoliberalism and the Contradictions of the Palestinian Authority’s State-building Programme; Raja Khalidi and Sobhi Samour * 10. The Role of the Tunnel Economy in Redeveloping Gaza; Nicolas Pelham * 11. Before and Beyond Neoliberalism: the Political Economy of National Liberation, the PLO and ‘amal ijtima’i; Omar Shweiki * 12. Learning the Lessons of Oslo: Statebuilding and Freedoms in Palestine; Mushtaq H. Khan

Rethinking Peace and Conflict Studies

December 2014 UK December 2014 US 256pp 1 map, 3 tables, 16 figures Hardback £65.00 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 9781137448743 Canadian Rights ebooks available



Network Society and Future Scenarios for a Collaborative Economy

Vasilis Kostakis, Tallinn University of Technology, Estonia, Michel Bauwens, P2P Foundation

This text builds on the idea that peer-to-peer infrastructures are gradually becoming the general conditions of work, economy, and society. Using a four-scenario approach, the authors seek to simplify possible outcomes and to explore relevant trajectories of the current techno-economic paradigm within and beyond capitalism.

Contents: PART I: THEORETICAL FRAMEWORK * 1. Capitalism as a Creative Destruction System * 2. Beyond the End of History: Three Competing Value Models * 3. The P2P Infrastructures: Two Axes and Four Quadrants * PART II: COGNITIVE CAPITALISM * 4. Netarchical Capitalism * 5. Distributed Capitalism * 6.

The Social Dynamics of the Mixed Model of Neo-feudal Cognitive Capitalism * PART III: THE HYPOTHETICAL MODEL OF MATURE PEER PRODUCTION: TOWARDS A COMMONS-ORIENTED ECONOMY AND SOCIETY * 7. Resilient Communities * 8. Global Commons * 9. Transition Proposals Towards a Commons-oriented Economy and Society * Conclusions


Emerging Capitalism in Central Europe and Southeast AsiaA Comparison of Political Economies

François Bafoil, CNRS, France

Study of different forms of political and market capitalism in emerging countries in Central Europe and Southeast Asia emerging post-colonial and communist eras.

Contents: Introduction: National sovereignty: Economic Markets and Legal Systems * The Objects of Comparison * 1. What is an ‘Under-Developed’ State in Historical Terms? * Groups of Countries in Eastern Europe and Southeast Asia * The Historical Consequences of Underdevelopment * 2. Political Capitalism and Market Economies * Are the Different Systems of Legal Rule Complementary or Incompatible? * Personal Rule, Rule by Law, and Rule of Law * Two Categories of Capitalism: Political versus Market * Conclusion * 3. Patterns of Development in Southeast Asia * The Transformation of the Japanese Evolutionist Model * The Developmental State * The Developmental Regionalism *

The Under-Developed Status of Mekong Delta Countries * The Geopolitics of Foreign Investment * Conclusion * 4. State Liberalism and Market Socialism: A Comparison between Singapore and Vietnam * Nomenklatura Capitalism * Singapore * Vietnam * Conclusion * 5. Cambodia: Political Capitalism and the Prebendal State * The ‘Hun Sen System’ - The Power of Prebends * Special Economic Zones * Conclusion: The End of Developmentalism * 6. The Improbable German Model: Lessons from German Social and Economic Reunification * The Violence of Money: Full Conversion to the Deutschmark, July 1, 1990 * The Impossible Transfer * East German Dependency * Conclusion * 7. Industrial Companies and Territories: The Reform Process in Central and Eastern Europe * A Non-political Vision of Economic Policy * Weak Collective Action * Industrial Policy * Conclusion * 8. Growing Capitalism: The Waves of Expansion in the EU and ASEAN * Why Did the EU and ASEAN Expand? * Deepening Divides * The EU and Central and Eastern European countries: Top-down Deregulatory Pressures * Strengthening the Political Personality of ‘Smaller’ States: The Limitations of Hegemony. * Conclusion: Hybrid Forms of Dependent Capitalism

Sciences Po Series in IR and PE

September 2014 UK September 2014 US 256pp 11 b/w tables, 8 maps Hardback £62.50 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 9781137383051 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Contributions to Economic Theory, Policy, Development and FinanceEssays in Honor of Jan Kregel

Edited by Dimitri B. Papadimitriou, Levy Economics Institute

This study combines lessons drawn from events and experiences of developing countries and examines them in relation to Jan Kregel’s ideas on economics and development. The contributors provide in-depth analysis on: financial stability and crises, monetary systems, banking, global governance, employment, inflation and political economy.

Contents: 1. Introduction (to follow) * 2. The Reconstruction of Political Economy: Alternative, Parallel Paths to Rediscovering the Distinctively Classical Surplus Approach; Mathew Forstater * 3. Post-Keynesian, Post-Sraffian Economics: An Outline; Alessandro Roncaglia and Mario Tonveronachi * 4. Money in The General Theory: The Contributions of Jan Kregel; L. Randall Wray * 5. A Financial Analysis of Monetary Systems; Eric Tymoigne * 6. Full Employment, Inflation and Income Distribution: Evaluating the Impact of Alternative Fiscal Policies; Pavlina R. Tcherneva * 7. Can Employment Schemes Work? The Case of the Rural Employment Guarantee in India; Jayati Ghosh * 8. Development Theory: Convergence, Catch-up or Leapfrogging? A Schumpeter-Minsky-Kregel Approach; Leonardo Burlamaqui and Rainer Kattel * 9. The Access to Demand; Luiz Carlos Bresser-Pereira * 10. Development Finance in the Era of Financial Liberalization; C.P. Chandrasekhar * and more

Levy Institute Advanced Research in Economic Policy

November 2014 UK November 2014 US 368pp 7 b/w tables, 25 figures Hardback £75.00 / $120.00 / CN$138.00 9781137450951 Canadian Rights




Follow us on


and competitions



32

Islamic Finance Alternatives for Emerging EconomiesEmpirical Evidence from Turkey

Edited by Murat Ustaoğlu, Istanbul University, Turkey, Ahmet İncekara, Istanbul University, Turkey

Islamic Finance Alternatives for Emerging Economies analyzes the emergence of the Islamic financial institutions in Turkey.

Contents: 1. The First Step towards Islamic Finance: Separation of the Secularism and Islamic Agenda; Murat Ustaoğlu and Ahmet İncekara * 2. The Notions of Islamic Economics and Finance in Global Era; Rubaa SALEH, Murat Ustaoğlu * 3. Basic Terminology in Islamic Finance and Turkish Perspective; Bilgehan Yildiz, Murat Ustaoğlu * 4. Modeling Islamic Finance and Inclusive Growth for Emerging Markets: Evidence from Turkey and Malaysia; Ahmet İncekara, Ferda Yerdelen Tatoğlu, Murat Ustaoğlu


Rethinking Productive DevelopmentSound Policies and Institutions for Economic Transformation

Inter-American Development Bank, an international institution created in 1959 to foster economic and social development in Latin America and the Caribbean, Gustavo Crespi, Inter-American Development Bank, Eduardo Fernández-Arias, Inter-American Development Bank, Ernesto Stein, Inter-American Development Bank "The Washington Consensus—its name notwithstanding—was invented in Latin America. However, as this useful report shows, inadequate productivity growth since its adoption has forced the region’s policymakers to reconsider whether the wholesale rejection of industrial policy was appropriate. The Inter-American Development Bank has long been at the forefront of this rethinking. The authors do a masterful job of not only surveying what is known about ‘productive development policies,’ but also laying out a policy agenda. Admirable in its analytical exposition, empirical detail, and policy discussion, this is a must-read for development economists and practitioners alike."—Dani Rodrik, Albert O. Hirschman Professor of Economics, Institute for Advanced Study, USA

Rethinking Productive Development systematically analyzes policies in key areas such as innovation, new firms, firm networks, financing, human capital, and internationalization.

Contents: PART I: THE ROLE OF PRODUCTIVE DEVELOPMENT POLICIES * 1. Rethinking Productive Development * 2. A Conceptual Framework for Productive Development Policies * PART II: SOUND POLICIES IN KEY AREAS OF APPLICATION * 3. Investing in Ideas: Business Innovation Policies * 4. The Start-Up and Scale-Up of High-Productivity Firms * 5. Beyond the Classroom: Preparing People to Produce * 6. Giving Credit to Productivity * 7. All Together Now: Cluster-Based Policies * 8. A World of Possibilities: Internationalization for Productive Development * 9. Selecting Priority Sectors for Productive Transformation: An Elephant in the Room? * PART III: INSTITUTIONS FOR SUCCESSFUL POLICIES * 10. The Hard Part: Developing Public Sector Capabilities for Successful PDPs * 11. Two to Tango: Public-Private Collaboration in Productive Development Policy

September 2014 UK September 2014 US 492pp 14 tables, 68 figures, 26 boxes Hardback £70.00 / $120.00 / CN$138.00 9781137405593 Paperback £24.00 / $38.00 / CN$43.50 9781137397164 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Smallholders and the Non-Farm Transition in Latin America

Isabel Harbaugh, Mercer, a global human capital consulting organization

Smallholders and the Non-Farm Transition in Latin America explores the drivers of agricultural displacement in Latin America and argues that government support is essential to help small farmers gain the skills, financial capital, and opportunities needed to transition to a profitable alternative in the non-farm sector.

Contents: Introduction. Smallholders and the Non-Farm Economy * 1. Promoting Non-Farm Skills and Knowledge 2. Overcoming Financial Barriers * 3. Promoting Non-Farm Employment * Conclusion. Connecting the Dots

Politics, Economics, and Inclusive Development

September 2014 UK September 2014 US 102pp 2 b/w tables, 1 graph Hardback £45.00 / $67.50 / CN$78.00 9781137487155 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Regional Integration and Policy Issues in AfricaEdited by Adam Elhiraika, United Nations Economic Commission for Africa, Allan Mukungu, United Nations Economic Commission for Africa, Wanjiku Nyoike, United Nations Economic Commission for Africa

The role of integration as a catalyst for economic growth, development and insulation from global shocks has made the concept of regional integration even more attractive to states. This books contains compelling arguments and empirical observations that detail some of the key opportunities governments in Africa are pursuing.

Contents: Overview Chapter; Adam B. Elhiraika, Allan C. K. Mukungu and Wanjiku Nyoike * PART I: CONVERGENCE AND MONETARY UNIONS * 1. Can West African Monetary Zone Area Inflation Converge without Ex-Ante Monetary Policy Coordination?; Emmanuel Dele Balogun * 2. Economic Integration in WAEMU: Nominal Convergence and Growth Dynamics between Member States; William Gbohoui * 3. Monetary Policy and Economic Growth in the CEMAC Zone: A Panel Data Approach; Fouda Ekobena Simon Yannick * PART II: INSTITUTIONAL INTEGRATION AND POLICY COORDINATION * 4. The Challenge of Regional Integration: A Case Study of the East Africa Community; Patricia Mukiri Mwithiga * 5. Law and Development in Africa: Paving the Way for Regional Integration through Harmonization of Laws; Regis Y. Simo * 6. External Debt and Quality of Institutions, Impact on Economic Growth: Case of WAEMU; jérôme Ouedraogo * PART III: FINANCIAL INTEGRATION AND REGULATION * 7. Financial Integration and Economic Growth: A Case of Portfolio Equity Flows to Sub-Saharan Africa; Eric Osei-Assibey and Seth Obeng Adu * 8. Financial Frictions and Exchange Rate Regimes in the Prospective Monetary Union of the ECOWAS Countries ; Lacina Balma * 9. Financial Deepening Dynamics and Implication for Financial Policy Coordination in a Monetary Union: the Case of WAEMU; Christian Nguena and Temilade Abimbola * 10. Quantifying Illicit Financial Flows from Africa through Trade Mis-Pricing and Assessing their Incidence on African Economies; Simon Mevel, Siope V. ‘Ofa and Stephen Karingi * PART IV: FISCAL POLICY AND REGIONAL INTEGRATION * 11. Assessment and Challenges of Harmonized Budget Programming Reforms in Africa: Case of the Medium-Term Expenditure Framework (MTEF) - Senegal’s Experience; Ligan Massamba Sene and El Hadji Fall * 12. Monitoring Fiscal Sustainability in Africa: Symtoms and Sources; Moses Obinyeluaku * 13. Fiscal Policy Rules in WAEMU: An Empirical Assessment of the Criterion Limiting Public Deficits; Mohamed Coulibaly * Concluding Chapter; Adam B. Elhiraika, Allan C. K. Mukungu and Wanjiku Nyoike

December 2014 UK December 2014 US 320pp 41 figures, 70 b/w tables Hardback £70.00 / $115.00 / CN$132.00 9781137462077 Canadian Rights ebooks available



Debt and Development in Small Island Developing StatesThe Past, Present, and Prospects for the Future

Edited by Damien King, University of the West Indies at Mona, Jamaica; Caribbean Policy Research Institute, David F. Tennant, University of the West Indies, Mona

Debt and Development in Small Island Developing States draws on the expertise of established researchers and public officials from within the SIDS community to answer the following pressing questions related to sustainability, debt accumulation, and prospects for future growth.

Contents: 1. Introduction; David Tennant and Damien King * PART I: THE PROBLEM - PAST, PRESENT, AND PROSPECTS * 2. The Developmental Impact of Debt; David Tennant * 3. The Debt Experience of SIDS in the Caribbean; Michelle Robinson * 4. The Debt Experience of SIDS in the Pacific; Biman Prasad * 5. The Debt Experience of SIDS in the Atlantic, Indian Ocean and South China Sea (AIMS); Kaymara Barrett, Altricia Dawson and Sidonia Mackenzie * 6. Prospects for the Growth of Debt in SIDS; David Tennant and Kario-Paul Brown * PART II: CAUSES OF DEBT ACCUMULATION IN SIDS * 7. The Sources of Debt in SIDS; Damien King * 8. Institutional Causes of Debt in SIDS in the Caribbean, Pacific and AIMS Regions; Colin Bullock and Christine Clarke * PART III: AN AGENDA FOR DEBT SUSTAINABILITY IN SIDS * 9. An Assessment of Recent Remedial Action Taken by Selected SIDS; Michelle Robinson * 10. Debt Sustainability and Sustainable Development in SIDS; Abdullahi Abdulkadri * 11. Elements of an Agenda for Debt Sustainability in SIDS; Damien King * 12. Conclusion; Damien King and David Tennant

December 2014 UK December 2014 US 288pp 61 tables, 31 figures, 3 boxes Hardback £75.00 / $115.00 / CN$133.00 9781137397126 Canadian Rights

Whither the World: The Political Economy of the FutureVolume 2

Grzegorz W. Kolodko, Kozminski Business School, Poland“In this compelling volume, Dr. Grzegorz Kołodko combines academic expertise and a distinguished record of government service during crucial periods of Poland’s economic reforms. Ranging across genres and never shying from controversy, he has written a useful contribution to the literature on economics, social change, and 21st-century world order.” - Dr. Henry A. Kissinger, Nobel Peace Laureate

The study deals with challenging questions of the long-term future of global economy and mankind. Focusing not only on what happens in the economic sphere but also on cultural, social, political, demographic, technological, and ecological processes. It employs a holistic approach to answer fundamental questions about the course of the future.

Contents: PART II: THREATS AND OPPORTUNITIES: WHICH PREVAIL? * 8. The Social and Ecological Limits to Growth * 9. One more Völkerwanderung * 10. The Poor and the Rich * 11. Salvation in Technological Progress? * 12. Information Trumps All, or the Role of Wisdom, Know-how and Skills * 13. Before Peace Breaks Out * PART III: ESCAPING FORWARD * 14. An Asian Era with the Euro-Atlantic Civilization as a Background? * 15. The New Pragmatism, or an Economics of Moderation * 16. In for a Happy Ending?


Regional Integration and Trade in AfricaEdited by Mthuli Ncube, African Development Bank Group, South Africa, Issa Faye, African Development Bank, Audrey Verdier-Chouchane, African Development Bank

This book reviews the current trends and challenges of regional integration and trade in Africa. It provides valuable policy recommendations aimed at stimulating the debate among the government, private sector and development community on the ways to promote regional trade for Africa’s economic development.

Contents: Overview Chapter: Understanding Africa’s Regional Trade; Mthuli Nucbe, Issa Faye and Audrey Verdier-Chouchane * PART I: INTRA-AFRICAN TRADE PERFORMANCE AND REGIONAL INTEGRATION * 1. Competitiveness and Integration through Trade in CEMAC Countries: Comparative Advantage and Contribution to the Trade Balance; Jospeh Parfait Owoundi 2. Economic integration, Trade Facilitation and Agricultural Exports Performance in ECOWAS Sub-Region; Wumi Olayiwola, Evans Osabuohien, Henry Okodua and Oluyomi Ola-David * 3. The Impact of Trade Liberalization on Export Growth and Import Growth in Sub-Saharan Africa; Lanre Kassim * PART II: MEASURING TRADE POTENTIAL: THE GRAVITY MODEL APPROACH * 4. Market Integration in the ECCAS Sub-Region; Désiré Avom and Mouhamed Mbouandi Njikam * 5. Regional Integration and Trade in Sub-Saharan Africa, 1993-2010: An Augmented Gravity Model; Edris Seid * PART III: INDUSTRIALIZATION STRATEGY AND THE ISSUE OF DEINDUSTRIALIZATION * 6. Malawi’s Trade Policies, Market Structure, and Manufacturing Performance, 1967-2002; Hopestone Kayiska Chavula * 7. Impact of South-South and North-South Trade on Industrialization in Africa; Henri Atangana Ondoa and Tabi Henri Ngoa * PART IV: IMPACT OF CURRENCY UNION ON TRADE * 8. Impact of Monetary Unions on Trade: The Case of WAEMU; Ibrahima Camara * 9. Trade Agreements and Flows in ECOWAS: Is a Single Currency the Determining Factor?; Benjamin Ndong and Sokhana Diarra Mboup * 10. A DSGE Model of Trade and Risk-sharing Effects of Currency Union on Economic Integration of the CFA Zone; Thierry Kame Babilla * Concluding Chapter: Enhancing Intra-African Trade through Regional Integration; Mthuli Ncube, Issa Faye and Audrey Verdier-Chouchane

December 2014 UK December 2014 US 240pp 52 b/w tables, 22 figures Hardback £70.00 / $115.00 / CN$133.00 9781137462046 Canadian Rights ebooks available

India’s Reluctant UrbanizationThinking Beyond

Ranesh Nair, University of Melbourne, Australia, Piyush Tiwari, University of Aberdeen, Pavan Ankinapalli, IDFC Foundation, India, Jyoti Rao, Amity University, India, Pritika Hingorani, IDFC Foundation, India, Manisha Gulati, Energy Economist, WWF South Africa

Through a close examination of India’s policies, economic system, social systems and politics, this study explores the numerous perspectives and debates on India’s urbanization. The authors link contemporary urban issues with emerging challenges associated with policies and city management.

Contents: 1. India’s Reluctant Urbanization: Setting the Stage * 2. Drivers of Emerging Urban Landscape * 3. Build Environment * 4. Productive Environment * 5. Living Environment * 6. Natural Environment: Towards [Re] Generative Cities * 7. Governing Environment * 8. Thinking Beyond

December 2014 UK December 2014 US 288pp 16 figures, 8 b/w tables Hardback £70.00 / $115.00 / CN$133.00 9781137339744 Canadian Rights ebooks available


34

The Year the European Crisis EndedErik Jones, SAIS Bologna Center, The Johns Hopkins University, Italy“The Eurozone crisis threw a bewildering array of factors, actors, institutions and rules in the faces of those who sought to divine what was actually going on. In the midst of the crisis few of us thought to provide the world with a week-by-week summary and analysis of events. Yet Erik Jones has done just that, giving scholars and policymakers perhaps the definitive timeline of what went wrong, where, and why.” —Mark Blyth, author of Austerity: The History of a Dangerous Idea (2014)“A really good idea, really well implemented. Jones tackles a year of the eurozone crisis with typical verve and originality. The reader can follow events

enfolding, and gain a profound insight both into the decisions taken, the rationales behind them, and their potential implications.” —Anand Menon, Professor of European Politics and Foreign Affairs, King’s College London, UK

The author narrates the end of the European crisis from the June 2012 European Council summit through the bailout of Cyprus. Paying particular attention to political developments in Italy, this text shows the fragility of market confidence and the waving attitudes of political elites.

Contents: Prologue: How Europe Fell Into Crisis * 1. Europe Decides to Act * 2. The Markets Respond * 3. Risk Returns through Italy and Cyprus * 4. The European Crisis Ends * 5. Beyond the European Crisis

Global Reordering

June 2014 UK May 2014 US 144pp Hardback £45.00 / $67.50 / CN$78.00 9781137451101 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Creating Economic GrowthLessons for Europe

Marco Magnani, Harvard Kennedy School, USA

As national leaders struggle to revive their economies, the people of Europe face a stark reality, which has created an opportunity for local leaders and citizen movers and shakers to rise to the occasion to spur revitalization from the bottom up. The author offers a six-point plan to prosperity.

Contents: Introduction: Rising to the Occasion * 1. Building Assets of Local Development * 2. Unleashing and Stimulating Entrepreneurial Creativity * 3. Fostering Innovation and Research * 4. Leveraging Cultural Resources and Creativity * 5. Making the Most of Cultural Diversity * 6. Championing Social Mobility * Conclusion: New Leaders, New Growth

Palgrave Advances in Regional and Urban Economics


The Politics of Financial Markets and RegulationThe United States, Japan and Germany

Sara Konoe, Kansai University, Japan

Sara Konoe looks into the politics of financial regulatory developments in the United States, Japan, and Germany. These case studies highlight systemic interaction between institutions and political contexts, and provide broader implications for global financial governance.

Contents: PART I: THE PROBLEM UNDER ANALYSIS * 1. Domestic Responses to Global Shifts * PART II: THE IMPACT OF REGULATORY AND POLITICAL FRAGMENTATION * 2. Financial Liberalization * 3. Restructuring Markets and Regulators * 4. Financial Politics: Case Analysis and the Implications of the 2008 Global Financial Crisis * PART III: IMPLICATIONS FOR GLOBAL FINANCIAL GOVERNANCE * 5. Domestic Politics and Global Governance

February 2014 UK February 2014 US 264pp 4 b/w tables, 1 b/w line drawing Hardback £57.50 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 9781137277336 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Risk and Return in Asian Emerging MarketsA Practitioner’s Guide

Nusret Cakici, Fordham University, USA, Kudret Topyan, Manhattan College, USA

Risk and Return in Asian Emerging Markets offers readers a firm insight into the risk and return characteristics of leading Asian emerging market participants by comparing and contrasting behavioral model variables with predictive forecasting methods.

Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. Market Capitalization * 3. Price Level * 4. Beta * 5. Total Volatility * 6. Idiosyncratic Volatility * 7. Short-Term Reversal * 8. Momentum * 9. Book-to-Market Ratio * 10. Multiple Regressions * Appendix

August 2014 UK August 2014 US 224pp 33 b/w tables Hardback £69.00 / $110.00 / CN$127.00 9781137360885 Canadian Rights ebooks available



The Politics of Autonomy in Latin AmericaThe Art of Organising Hope

Ana Cecilia Dinerstein, Department of Social and Policy Sciences, University of Bath, UK"Ana Cecilia Dinerstein’s book is a major intervention, which reframes these questions fundamentally and places the hopes, experiments, contradictions and possibilities of social movements centre-stage while recognising the specificity of Latin American and indigenous experiences. Clear and powerful, this work is badly needed."— Laurence Cox, National University of Ireland Maynooth, Ireland"This book is terrific. It is teeming with radical scholarship."—Mike Neary, University of Lincoln, UK

The author contests older concepts of autonomy as either revolutionary or ineffective vis-à-vis the state. Looking at four prominent Latin American movements, she defines autonomy as ‘the art of organising hope’: a tool for indigenous and non-indigenous movements to prefigure alternative realities at a time when utopia can be no longer objected.

Contents: 1. Embracing the Other Side: An introduction * PART I: THEORISING AUTONOMY * 2. Meanings of Autonomy: Trajectories, Modes, Differences * 3. Autonomy in the Key of Hope: Understanding Prefiguration * PART II: NAVIGATING AUTONOMY * 4. Organising Negation: Neoliberal Hopelessness, Insurgent Hope (Mexico) * 5. Shaping Concrete Utopias: Urban Experiments (Argentina) * 6. Resisting Translation: Indigenous-Popular Resistance (Bolivia) * 7. Venturing Beyond the Wire: The Sem Terra’s Dream (Brazil) * PART III: RETHINKING AUTONOMY * 8. Confronting Value with Hope. A Prefigurative Critique of Political Economy * 9. Living in Blochian Times: Opening Remarks

Non-Governmental Public Action

November 2014 UK November 2014 US 256pp 4 tables, 2 figures Hardback £65.00 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 9780230272088 Canadian Rights ebooks available

The Political Economy of KoreaTransition, Transformation and Turnaround

Jitendra Uttam, Jawaharlal Nehru University, India

Korea’s twin transitions – agrarian to industrial and industrial to post-industrial – transformed the country’s political economy. Moving away from the traditional focus on aspects such as market, culture, and colonialism, the author argues that Korea’s ‘second state’ was revitalized through the ‘people’s movement’ and ‘citizens movement’.

Contents: PART I: TRANSITION IN PERSPECTIVE * 1. Perspectives, Arguments and the Structure * PART II: LOCATING TWIN TRANSITIONS * 2. Situating Korean Political Economy under Twin Transitions * PART III: FIRST TRANSITION: AGRARIAN ARISTOCRACY AND ITS DISCONTENTS * 3. Yangban-Centered Agrarian Aristocracy and its Social Discontents, 1700-1910 * 4. Continuation of Status quo under Colonial Economic Drain, 1910-1945 * 5. Occupation, War, and Land Reform: Reassertion of the ‘Second State’, 1945-1960 * PART IV: SECOND TRANSITION: INDUSTRIAL BOURGEOIS AND ITS DISCONTENTS * 6. Nurturing of National ‘Industrial Bourgeois’ under Authoritarian Polity, 1961-1997 * PART V: TRANSFORMATION & TURNAROUND * 7. Crisis, Democratic Consolidation and Civil Society Intervention 1997-2007 * 8. Rise of ‘Developmental Liberalism’ in the Era of Global Uncertainty, 2008


Inclusive Growth and Development in IndiaChallenges for Underdeveloped Regions and the Underclass

Edited by Yuko Tsujita, IDE-Jetro

India is one of the fastest growing countries in the world. However, high economic growth is accompanied by social stratification and widening economic disparity between states. This book illustrates some important aspects of underdevelopment and the process by which the underclass is left behind by focusing on the country’s most neglected regions.

Contents: Introduction; Yuko Tsujita * 1. How Agriculture in Bihar Lagged Behind: Implications for Future Development; Koichi Fujita * 2. An Analysis of Rural Household Electrification: The Case of Bihar; Hisaya Oda * 3. Caste, Land, and Migration: Analysis of a Village Survey in an Underdeveloped State in India; Yuko Tsujita and Hisaya Oda * 4. Education and Labour Market Outcomes:

A Study of Delhi Slum Dwellers; Yuko Tsujita * 5. Poverty and Inequality under Democratic Competition: Dalit Policy in Bihar; Kazuya Nakamizo * 6. The Burden of Public Inaction: Agrarian Impasse in Growing Bihar; Kazuki Minato * 7. Transformation of Field Development Bureaucracy in Uttar Pradesh: Indigenisation and the Senses of Bureaucratic Discretion and Satisfaction; Norio Kondo

IDE-JETRO Series


The Garment Industry in Low-Income CountriesAn Entry Point of Industrialization

Edited by Takahiro Fukunishi, Institute of Developing Economies, Japan External Trade Organization (IDE-JETRO), Tatsufumi Yamagata, Development Strategies Studies Group, Development Studies Center, IDE-JETRO

This book explores the means through which the garment industry contributes to industrialization, poverty reduction, empowerment of undereducated workers, in particular female laborers, and shared growth in contemporary low-income countries.

Contents: 1. Introduction: Dynamism of Garment Industry in Low-income Countries; Takahiro Fukunishi and Tatsufumi Yamagata * 2. Cambodia: Growth with Better Working Conditions; Yoko Asuyama and Seiha Neou * 3. Bangladesh:

Market Force Supersedes Control; Tatsufumi Yamagata * 4. Vietnam: Upgrading from the Export to the Domestic Market; Kenta Goto * 5. Pakistan: Challenges for Women’s Labor Force Participation; Momoe Makino * 6. Myanmar: Promised Growth with Restored Market Access? * 7. Madagascar: Unyielding Growth amid the Political Turmoil; Takahiro Fukunishi and Herinjatovo Aimé Ramiarison * 8. Kenya: Stagnation in the Liberalized Markets; Takahiro Fukunishi * 9. Cross-Country Comparison of Firm Performance: Bangladesh, Cambodia, and Madagascar; Takahiro Fukunishi

IDE-JETRO Series

May 2014 UK May 2014 US 332pp 22 figures, 40 b/w tables Hardback £70.00 / $115.00 / CN$132.00 9781137383174 Canadian Rights ebooks available


36

World Economy and Institutions at a Cross RoadsThe Chance for a Golden Age or Never Ending Turbulence

Edited by Mario Baldassarri, University of Rome La Sapienza, Italy

This study addresses the two major challenges facing the global economy: globalization and the European structural crisis. In addition, it takes a closer look at the impact of this on the Italian economy. The findings reflect on the issue of long term growth and suggest ways in which to create sustainable financial conditions for the future.

Contents: PART I: WILL THE 21ST CENTURY BE THE END OF WESTERN LEADERSHIP AND POWER? WHAT WILL THE NEW WORLD AND NEW GOVERNANCE BE LIKE? * 1. Views from International Institutions * 1.1. Global Economy Outlook and Risks; Emilio Rossi * 1.2. Long Term Growth of the Global Economy; Paul Van den Noord * 1.3. The Success of Emerging and Developing Economies: Faster Growth in the Next Decades but …it’s a Very Bumpy Road; Carlo Cottarelli * 1.4. Capital for the Future: Saving and Investment in an Interdependent World; Maurizio Bussolo * 1.5. An Initial Summary; Mario Baldassarri * 2. Area Visions * 2.1. Why is the US not Growing as Expected and Needed and hat are its Prospects for the Future?; Dominick Salvatore * 2.2. A Few Reflections on the World Economy as we Look into the Relationship between Emerging and Advanced Countries; Michele Bagella * 2.3. The Rise of the RMB and its Implications for the International Monetary System; Gao Haihong * 2.4. The Two-headed Russian Eagle: One Head Will Continue Facing the West and the Euro-Atlantic area; Elena Ananieva * 2.5. Russia, Europe and the World: a View from an Entrepreneur; Valery A. Fadeev * 2.6. Egypt: Can the Economy Survive the Political Turmoil?; Samir Radwan * 2.7. Europe’s Need for a Common Mediterranean Area for Growth and Peace; Gavri Bargil * 2.8. Morocco and the Maghreb Region: Europe is the Number One Priority, but what will Europe be like in the Future?; Hassan Abouyoub * 2.9. Europe: Who Bears the Burden of Adjustment? So Far, Only Deficit Countries do. Is this Working?; Paulo Guerrieri * PART II: IS EUROPE OVER OR WILL EUROPE BE THE U.S.E.? * 3. European Overviews * 3.1. European Economy Forecasts; John Walker * 3.2. The Euro Crisis: Two Institutional Reforms; Giorgio Basevi * 3.3. The Role and Potentiality of EIB, but Feasible Projects are Lacking; Fulceri Bruni Roccia * and more

October 2014 UK October 2014 US 272pp 19 b/w tables, 175 figures Hardback £70.00 / $115.00 / CN$132.00 9781137472762 Canadian Rights

Poland and the EurozoneEdited by Jens Hölscher, Bournemouth University, UK

Poland is one of Europe’s economic out-performers. The country’s history and geography encourage it to be in favour of deeper European integration. This book aims to contribute to discussions on the future shape of EMU and the next steps ahead.

Contents: PART I: THE EURO: GENERAL REFLECTIONS * 1. Euro: The Main Problems and the Solutions; Leszek Balcerowicz * 2. The Euroarea: Premature, Diminished, Divergent; Mario Nuti * 3. The Euro as a Moentarist, Neoliberal Project; Victoria Chick * PART II: INCOME DEVELOPMENTS * 4. The Eurozone Crisis: Escaping the ‘Doom Loop’; Andy Mullineux * 5. Business Cycles Synchronization Between the European Monetary Union and Poland; George Filis and Steve Letza * 6. External Imbalances in the European Monetary Union: The Case for Keynesian Income

Policy; Horst Tomann * PART III: MONETARY ASPECTS * 7. UIP, the Carry Trade and Minsky’s Financial Instability Hypothesis in the CEE and CIS; Robert Hayward and Jens Hölscher * 8. The Masstricht Inflation Criterion and Entry to the Eurozone: Challenges and Options For EU Countries from CEtnral and Eastern Europe; Karsten Staehr * 9. Poland During the Crisis: A ‘Green Island’ Approaching the Euro Area?; Malgorzata Polanski * PART IV: FIRMS’ BEHAVIOUR * 10. The Impact of Foreign Captial on Competition and Concentration in the Polish Banking Sector; Malgorzata Pawlowska * 11. Entrepreneurship in Poland - Dynamics and Cross-Country Comparison; Przemyslaw Zbierowski

Studies in Economic Transition

September 2014 UK September 2014 US 320pp 37 figures, 22 b/w tables Hardback £75.00 / $115.00 / CN$133.00 9781137426406 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Taming Capital FlowsCapital Account Management in an Era of Globalization

Edited by Joseph E. Stiglitz, Columbia University, USA, Refet Gurkaynak, Department of Economics, Bilkent University, Turkey

This volume contains country experiences explained by policy makers and studies by leading experts on causes and consequences of capital flows as well as policies to control these flows. It addresses portfolio flow issues central to open economies, especially emerging markets.

Contents: Introduction * PART I: COUNTRY EXPERIENCES * 1.1 Peru: Paul Castillo * 1.2 Turkey: Erdem Başçı * PART 2: RECENT TRENDS IN CURRENCY FLOWS * 2.1 China’s short-term capital flow: the scale and the driving forces. Ming Zhang * 2.2 Appropriate Policy Tools to Manage Portfolio Flow Externalities. Refet Gürkaynak * 2.3 Navigating Capital Flows in Brazil and Chile. Kevin Gallagher * PART III: EFFECTS AND MULTILATERAL ASPECTS OF CURRENCY FLOWS * 3.1 Monetary Policy in a Multipolar World. Joseph Stiglitz * 3.2 Multilateral Aspects of Managing the Capital. Account Jonathan Ostry

International Economic Association

August 2014 UK August 2014 US 176pp Hardback £45.00 / $67.50 / CN$78.00 9781137427663 Canadian Rights



Edited by Mark Beeson, Professor, Murdoch University, Australia

The South Korean Development ExperienceBeyond Aid

Edited by Eun Mee Kim, Ewha Women’s University, South Korea, Pil Ho Kim, Lewis and Clark College, USA

This volume explores South Korea’s successful transition from an underdeveloped, authoritarian country to a modern industrialized democracy. South Korea’s experience of foreign aid gives a unique perspective on how to use foreign aid for economic development as well as how to build a strong partnership between developed and developing countries.

Contents: Introduction: The South Korean Development Experience; Eun Mee Kim and Pil Ho Kim * 1. From Development to Development Cooperation: Foreign Aid, Country Ownership, and the Developmental State in South Korea; Eun Mee Kim and Pil Ho Kim * 2. The Effect of Aid Allocation: an Econometric

Analysis of Grant Aid and Concessional Loans to South Korea, 1953-1978; Jaewoo Lee * 3. Coordination and Capacity Building in US Aid to South Korea, 1945-1975; Jinkyung Kim and Pil Ho Kim * 4. Aid Effectiveness and Fragmentation: Changes in Global Aid Architecture and South Korea as an Emerging Donor; Eun Mee Kim, Ji Hyun Kim, and Jae Eun Lee * 5. The Capability Enhancing Developmental State: Concepts and National Trajectories; Peter B. Evans * 6. South Korea’s Development Experience as an Aid Recipient: Lessons for Sub-Saharan Africa; Monday Lewis Igbafen * 7. The Politicization of Humanitarian Assistance: Aid and Security on the Korean Peninsula; Brendan Howe and Dong Jin Kim * Conclusion: Beyond Aid; Eun Mee Kim


Political Economy and the Aid Industry in AsiaJane Hutchison, Murdoch University, Australia, Wil Hout, Erasmus University Rotterdam, The Netherlands, Caroline Hughes, University of Bradford, UK, Richard Robison, Murdoch University, Australia

Adopting a distinctive structural political economy approach, this book uniquely explains the blind spots of alternative political economy approaches to international aid, and presents an original framework for evaluating likely reformers’ strength of commitment and potential alliances with donors.

Contents: 1. Introduction * PART I: DEVELOPMENT AGENCIES AND THE REALITY OF POLITICS * 2. Realities of Political Economy: The Elephant in the Room * 3. Development Agencies and the Political Economy Turn * 4. Development as Collective

Action Problems * PART II: APPLYING STRUCTURAL POLITICAL ECONOMY * 5. Understanding the Development Problem * 6. Analysing Reform and Reformers * 7. Working Politically: Understanding Alliances * 8. Conclusion: The Road to Nowhere?

May 2014 UK May 2014 US 208pp 3 b/w tables Hardback £58.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 9781137303608 Canadian Rights

Explaining Collective Violence in Contemporary IndonesiaFrom Conflict to Cooperation

Mohammad Zulfan Tadjoeddin, University of Western Sydney, Australia"This insightful book powerfully illuminates Indonesia’s complex history of conflict and demonstrates how different types of conflict relate to alternative theoretical perspectives." —Frances Stewart, University of Oxford, UK

Tadjoeddin uniquely explores four types of violent conflicts pertinent to contemporary Indonesia (secessionist, ethnic, routine-everyday and electoral violence), and seeks to discover what socio-economic development can do to overcome conflict and make the country’s transition to democracy safe for its constituencies.

Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. Conflict and Violence in Indonesia: a Background * 3. Secessionist (Centre-regional) Conflicts * 4. Ethnic Violence * 5. Routine-everyday Violence * 6. Local Electoral Violence * 7. Conclusion

May 2014 UK May 2014 US 240pp 15 figures Hardback £65.00 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 9781137270634 Canadian Rights

CRITICAL STUDIES OF THE ASIA-PACIFIC


38

Reforming Pensions in Developing and Transition Countries

Edited by Katja Hujo, Social Policy and Development Programme, Switzerland

This book moves beyond technical studies of pension systems by addressing the political economy of pension reform in different contexts. It provides insights into key issues related to pension policy and its developmental implications, drawing on selected country studies in Africa, Asia, Eastern Europe, the Middle East, and Latin America.

Contents: 1. Introduction and Overview; Katja Hujo * PART I: POLITICAL ECONOMY ISSUES IN PENSION REFORM * 2. Pension Privatization and Economic Development in Central-Eastern European Pension Reform; Katharina Müller * 3. Pension Schemes and Pension Reforms in the Middle East and North Africa; Markus

Loewe * 4. The Reform of the Civil Service Pension Programme in Korea: Changes and Continuity; Huck-ju Kwon * PART II: PENSION SYSTEM AND REFORM IN THE BRICS * 5. Recent History, Perspectives and Challenges to Pension Policy: The Brazilian Case; Marcelo Abi-Ramia Caetano * 6. Social Security Reform and Economic Development: The Case of India; Mukul G. Asher and Azad Singh Bali * 7. Towards Universal Coverage: A Macro Analysis of China’s Public Pension Reform; Lianquan Fang * 8. The Private Affairs of Public Sector Pensions in South Africa: Debt, Development and Corporatization; Fred Hendricks * PART III: BRINGING THE STATE BACK IN * 9. Pension Reform in Bolivia: Two Models of Income Security in Old Age; Peter Lloyd-Sherlock and Kepa Artaraz * 10. Pension Reform in Chile and Argentina: Towards More Inclusive Protection; Katja Hujo and Mariana Rulli * 11. Conclusions; Katja Hujo

Social Policy in a Development Context


Infrastructure ReduxCrisis, Progress in Industrial Pakistan & Beyond

Nausheen Anwar, National University of Singapore, Singapore

The focus of this text is on industrial infrastructures of production and circulation, from power distribution and roads to dry ports and airports. It looks at how these infrastructures underpin visions of progress and mediate relations between the state and capitalist firms in industrializing districts in Punjab, Pakistan.

Contents: Introduction: Pathways to Progress * 1. History, Ideas, Visions * 2. Disrupted Mobilities * 3. Power Breakdowns * 4. Whither Labor? * Conclusion: Infrastructure’s Promise

November 2014 UK November 2014 US 272pp Black/white Hardback £70.00 / $115.00 / CN$133.00 9781137448163 Canadian Rights ebooks available

China’s Economic DevelopmentPast and Present

Edited by Josef C. Brada, Arizona State University, USA, Paul Wachtel, Leonard N. Stern School of Business, USA, Dennis Yang, University of Virgina Darden Business School, USA

This collection of papers is from Palgrave’s journal Comparative Economic Studies, carefully selected by a team of expert editors, this volumes collates the most sophisticated works to provide the readers with an essential guide to the economic development of China.

Contents: 1. Dual-Track and Mandatory Quota in China’s Price Reform; Anthony Y C Koo, Norman P Obst * 2. State-Owned versus Township and Village Enterprises in China; Enrico C Perotti, Laixiang Sun, Liang Zou * 3. China’s Agricultural Crisis and Famine of 1959–1961: A Survey and Comparison to Soviet Famines; Dennis Tao Yang * 4. Labor Reform in China: Crossing the River by Feeling the Stones; Margaret Maurer-Fazio * 5. The Changing Role of Money in China and Its Implications; Carsten A Holz * 6. Public Infrastructure Development in China; Shuanglin Lin * 7. The Structure of Chinese Industry and the Impact from China’s WTO Entry free; Aimin Chen * 8. Economic Consequences of Urbanisation and Urbanisation Policy in China; Josef C Brada, Belton M Fleisher, Scott Rozelle, Johan Swinnen * 9. The Role of the State in China’s Industrial Development: A Reassessment free; Alberto Gabriele * 10. China’s Monetary Policy and the Exchange Rate; Aaron Mehrotra, José R Sánchez-Fung * 11. Individual Perceptions of Distributional Fairness in China; John A Bishop, Haiyong Liu, Zichong Qu * 12. Challenges to China’s Policy: Structural Change; Helmut Wagner * 13. Sectoral Productivity and Regional Disparities in China, 1978–2006; Kiril Tochkov, Wenting Yu * 14. How Has China’s Economic Emergence Contributed to the Field of Economics?; Gary H Jefferson * 15. Reforming China’s SOE’s: An Overview; Weiye Li, Louis Putterman * 16. Effect of Migration on Children’s Educational Performance in Rural China; X Chen, Q. Huang, S. Rozelle, Y. Shi, L. Zhang

Palgrave Readers in Economics

October 2014 UK October 2014 US 480pp Hardback £70.00 / $115.00 / CN$133.00 9781137469953 Canadian Rights

Economic Development from the State and Local PerspectiveCase Studies and Public Policy Debates

David J. Robinson, The Ohio State University and the Montrose Group, USA“This book is both interesting and informative from the perspective of a true expert in the economic development field.” —Jeff Finkle, President, International Economic Development Council, USA

This definitive work mixes case law, public policy, economic strategy, and examines the wide range of issues facing efforts to improve the American economy, to illustrate how economic growth is driven through strong public-private partnerships, and how successful growth strategies from the state and local level operate to grow jobs.

Contents: 1. Defining Economic Development * 2. Economic Development Strategic Planning * 3. Economic Development Organizations * 4. The Metropolis Case Study * 5. Economic Development Building Block: Land Use Regulation and Zoning * 6. Economic Development Building Block: Eminent Domain * 7. Economic Development Building Block: Annexation * 8. Economic Development Building Block: Infrastructure * 9. Economic Development Building Blocks: Workforce Readiness * 10. Economic Development Building Block: Tax Policy * 11. Economic Development Building Block: Quality of Life * 12. Economic Driver: Energy Lead Economic Development * 13. Economic Driver: Technology Based Economic Development * and more

September 2014 UK September 2014 US 336pp 26 tables, 11 graphs, 7 figures, 4 images Hardback £70.00 / $115.00 / CN$133.00 9781137320667 Paperback £24.00 / $38.00 / CN$43.50 9781137320674 Canadian Rights ebooks available

MIGRATION, ETHNICITY AND IDENTITY



MIGRATION, DIASPORAS AND CITIZENSHIP SERIES

Edited by Robin Cohen, Emeritus Professor and Former Director of the International Migration Institute, University of Oxford and Zig Layton-Henry, Professor Emeritus, University of Warwick, UK

Contesting Integration, Engendering MigrationTheory and Practice

Edited by Floya Anthias, University of East London, UK, Mojca Pajnik, University of Ljubliana, Slovenia

This book aims to further the understanding of migration processes and policies in a European context with a particular focus on evaluating integration and the gendered aspects of migration, integration and citizenship. Integration is regarded as a contested concept and as entailing a variable and problematic set of discourses and practices.

Contents: 1. Introduction: Contesting Integration-Migration Management and Gender Hierarchies; Floya Anthias and Mojca Pajnik * 2. Beyond Integration: Intersectional Issues of Social Solidarity and Social Hierarchy; Floya Anthias * 3. The Anatomy of Civic Integration; Dora Kostakopoulou * 4. ‘The Only Thing I like Integrated is My Coffee’: Dissensus and Migrant Integration in the

Era of Euro-crisis; Nicos Trimikliniotis * 5. The Selection of Migrants through Law: A Closer Look at Regulation Governing Family Reunification in the EU; Moritz Jesse * 6. Reconstructing Citizenship for the Future of Polity; Mojca Pajnik * 7. Restrictive Integration Policies and the Construction of the Migrant as ‘Unwilling to Integrate’: The Case of Germany; Maria Kontos * and more

March 2014 UK March 2014 US 280pp 1 b/w table Hardback £65.00 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 9781137293992 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Migrants or Expatriates?Americans in Europe

Amanda Klekowski von Koppenfels, University of Kent at Brussels, Belgium

This book examines the migration, integration and transnational activity of overseas Americans – American migrants – in France, Germany and the UK. It examines the reasons for their migration, introduces the concept of ‘accidental migrant’ and explores the question of overseas Americans’ integration and identity formation.

Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. Profiles * 3. The Accidental Migrant * 4. Socio-Economic Transnationalism and Integration * 5. Identity * 6. Political Transnationalism and Political Engagement * 7. Activism in their Own Interest * 8. Conclusion

February 2014 UK February 2014 US 352pp 54 b/w tables, 5 figures Hardback £65.00 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 9780230296961 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Military MigrantsFighting for YOUR Country

Vron Ware, Kingston University, UK“Riveting and nuanced."—The Observer“Military Migrants is a ‘must read’ for people who care about the realities behind the rituals of our militaries. Vron Ware has done such innovative research. The men and women - from Fiji, Nepal, Jamaica, Belize, Ghana - whom the British military recruit to fight Britain’s wars come alive on these pages. They have ideas and aspirations and savvy assessments of their own. This is a brilliant book.”—Cynthia Enloe, Cynthia Enloe, Clark University, USA“This stunning and beautifully written book is essential reading for anyone interested in the multicultural question today."—Les Back, Goldsmiths, University of London, UK

This book presents a study of minority ethnic soldiers serving in the British Army, one of the country’s most important and symbolic national institutions. Asking questions about British culture, nationalism and history, the book will enrich public discussion about the contemporary place of the armed forces in UK society.

Contents: Preface * 1. Introduction * 2. For Queen and Commonwealth * PART I * 3. The Race to Recruit * 4. The Promised Land * PART II * 5. Culture Shock * 6. Keeping the Faith * PART III * 7. Crossing the Line * 8. The Force of the Law * PART IV * 9. Like Coming to Mars * 10. Caught in the Crossfire * 11. Conclusion * 12. Militarized Multiculture * Notes * Index

October 2014 UK October 2014 US 368pp 6 b/w photos, 2 b/w tables Paperback £24.99 / $45.00 / CN$50.00 9781137467508 Canadian Rights ebooks available

African Transnational DiasporasFractured Communities and Plural Identities of Zimbabweans in Britain

Dominic Pasura, Middlesex University, UK

Pasura proposes a framework for understanding African diasporas as core, epistemic, dormant and silent diasporas. The book explores the origin, formation and performance of the Zimbabwean transnational diaspora in Britain and examines how the diaspora is constituted in the hostland and how it maintains connections with the homeland.

Contents: Introduction * 1. African Transnational Diasporas: Theoretical Perspectives * 2. Vintages and Patterns of Migration * 3. The Construction and Negotiation of Diasporic Identities * 4. ‘Do You Have a Visa?’ Negotiating Respectable Masculinity in the Diaspora * 5. The Diaspora and the Politics of Development * 6. Religion in the Diaspora * 7. Transnational Religious Ties and

Integration: An Unhappy Couple? * Conclusion

May 2014 UK May 2014 US 194pp 2 b/w tables Hardback £58.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 9781137326560 Canadian Rights ebooks available


40

New Border and Citizenship PoliticsEdited by Helen Schwenken, University of Kassel, Germany, Sabine Ruß-Sattar, University of Kassel, Germany

This collection examines the intersections and dynamics of bordering processes and citizenship politics in the Global North and Australia. By taking the political agency of migrants into account, it approaches the subject of borders as a genuine political and socially constructed phenomenon and transcends a state-centered perspective.

Contents: New Border and Citizenship Politics: An Introduction; Helen Schwenken and Sabine Ruß-Sattar * PART I * 1. Part I Introduction: The Politics of Redefining Borders; Helen Schwenken and Sabine Ruß-Sattar * 2. Constructing Voluntarism:

Technologies of ‘Intent Management’ in Australian Border Controls; Leanne Weber and Sharon Pickering * 3. Malta and the Rescue of Unwanted Migrants at Sea: Negotiating the Humanitarian Law of the Sea and the Contested Redesigning of Borders; Silja Klepp * 4. Negotiating Mobility, Debating Borders: Migration Diplomacy in Turkey-EU Relations; Ahmet İçduygu and Ayşen Üstübici * PART II * 5. Part II Introduction: The Technologies of Bordering; Helen Schwenken and Sabine Ruß-Sattar * 6. The Momentum of Contestation: Airports as Borderlands on the Inside; Detlef Sack * 7. The Interiorisation and Localisation of Border Control: A US Case; Robyn Magalit Rodriguez * 8. Outsiders/Insiders: How Local Immigrant Organisations Contest the Exclusion of Undocumented Immigrants in the US; Mara Sidney * 9. Conditionalities as Internal Borders: The Case of ‘Security of Residence’ for Third-Country Nationals in Austria; İlker Ataç * PART III * 10. Part III Introduction: Politics of Citizenship as Border Politics; Sabine Ruß-Sattar and Helen Schwenken * 11. Border Control Politics as Technologies of Citizenship in Europe and North America; Kim Rygiel * 12. Troubling Borders: Sans-Papiers and France; Catherine Raissiguier * 13. From Sangatte to ‘the Jungle’: Europe’s Contested Borderlands; Helen Schwenken * 14. Labour Migration, Postcolonial Nationalism and Class Politics Beyond Borders: The Case of the Turkish Party MHP in Germany; Jörg Nowak * 15. Emigration Policies and Citizenship Rhetoric: Morocco and its Emigrants in Europe; Esther Mikuszies

October 2014 UK October 2014 US 304pp 2 b/w tables Hardback £65.00 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 9781137326621 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Birthplace, Migration and CrimeThe Australian Experience

Ronald D. Francis, College of Law & Justice, Victoria University, Australia“Few issues arouse more intense contemporary debate in many nations around the globe than those relating to migration policy and practice. In this excellent book Ronald Francis contributes to this debate a detailed and scholarly analysis of the links between migration and rates of offending, imprisonment, mental illness, crime victimization and associated matters.The principal message which Francis conveys is, in general, positive - the foreign born tend to be more law abiding than their native born counterparts- but decisions concerning who should be allowed to migrate to multicultural countries like Australia will still become ever more

challenging."—Duncan Chappell, Adjunct Professor, Sydney University Law School, Australia

An historical and contemporary account of migrant crime in Australia, this book explores a range of issues from mental health and victimology to immigration policy and legal analysis, arguing that it is birthplace, not race, which impacts upon crimes committed by migrants.

Contents: PART I: HISTORICAL, POLICY, AND LEGAL ISSUES * 1. Introduction * 2. Policy, Population, and Culture * 3. Immigration Reports to Date * PART II: ISSUES, DATA, AND INTERPRETATION * 4. Crime Issues * 5. Law Issues * 6. Police * 7. Courts * 8. Prisons * 9. Mental Health and Crime * 10. Victimology * 11. Communication * PART III: METHOD, THEORY, AND MORAL ISSUES * 12. Social Matters and Indicators * 13. Theory and Critiques * 14. Special Problems: Some Basic Facts * 15. Moral Issues * PART IV: CONCLUDING COMMENTS * 16. Commentary and Conclusions

March 2014 UK March 2014 US 312pp 12 b/w tables, 2 figures Hardback £65.00 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 9781137386472 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Homosexualities, Muslim Cultures and Modernity

Momin Rahman, Trent University, Canada“Momin’s book is one of the best analysis of homosexuality and modern Muslim identity to appear recently. While the book is an in depth look at the current debates about Muslims and modernity, its theoretical tools are fundamental to understanding the complex notion of modernity. An outstanding work. Its implications go to the heart of the debate about what modernity means."—Walid Saleh, Professor of Islamic Studies, University of Toronto, Canada

This book addresses the increasing role of queer politics within forms of Islamophobia, both by exploring the framing of lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender (LGBT)

issues as a key marker of western superiority and by identifying the ways in which Muslim homophobia contributes to this dialectic.

Contents: 1. In Search of My Mother’s Garden: Reflections on Migration, Gender, Sexuality and Muslim Identity * 2. Islam versus Homosexuality as Modernity * 3. Problematic Modernization: the Extent and Formation of Muslim Antipathy to Homosexuality * 4. Traditions and Transformations of Muslim Homoeroticism * 5. Queer Muslims in the Context of Contemporary Globalized LGBTIQ Identity * 6. The Politics of Identity and the Ends of Liberation * 7. Beginnings

Palgrave Politics of Identity and Citizenship Series

February 2014 UK February 2014 US 248pp 6 b/w tables Hardback £65.00 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 9781137002952 Canadian Rights ebooks available



Mobilities and Neighbourhood Belonging in Cities and Suburbs

Edited by Paul Watt, Birkbeck, University of London, UK, Peer Smets, University of Amsterdam, Netherlands

Contemporary city and suburban dwellers are constantly on the move. Does this mean they lack a sense of belonging to their neighbourhoods, or does enhanced mobility co-exist with feelings of community and belonging? This collection examines these questions through a unique series of neighbourhood-based global case studies.

Contents: 1. Introduction; Paul Watt and Peer Smets * 2. Local and Transnational Everyday Practices in Four European Cities: Are New Barbarians on the Road?; Alberta Andreotti, Patrick Le Galès and Francisco Javier Moreno Fuentes * 3. Consumption Practices and Local Belonging among Condominium Residents in Mexico

City; Angela Giglia * 4. Living in an (Un)gated Community: Neighbourhood Belonging in Lisbon’s Parque das Nações; Maria Assunção Gato * 5. Belonging and Micro-Settings in a Rotterdam Housing Complex; Peer Smets and Annemette Hellinga * 6. Neighbours, Newcomers and Nation-Building: Producing Neighbourhood as Locality in a Post-Apartheid Cape Town Suburb; Anna Bohlin * and more


Postcolonial Citizens and Ethnic MigrationThe Netherlands and Japan in the Age of Globalization

Michael O. Sharpe, City University of New York"In a fascinating comparison of Antillean migrants in the Netherlands and Latin American Nikkeijin returnees to Japan, Michael O. Sharpe offers intriguing observations and conclusions on the meaning of citizenship and ethnicity in a globalized world where ‘national identity’ is as highly valued as it is fiercely contested."— Gert Oostindie, Leiden University, The Netherlands

This book provides a cross-regional investigation of the role of citizenship and ethnicity in migration, political incorporation, and political transnationalism in the age of globalization, exploring the political realities of Dutch Antilleans in the Netherlands and Latin American

Nikkeijin in Japan.

Contents: 1. Post-Colonial and Ethnic Migration and Political Incorporation in Liberal Democracies: Locating the Dutch and Japanese Cases * 2. Convergence? Globalization and the State Policies in the Production of Post-Colonial Citizen and Ethnic Migration * 3. Old and New Nationalisms, Pre-migration Political Legacies * 4. What Does Post-Colonial Dutch Citizenship Mean in Political Terms? 1985-2008 * 5. Constructing the Nation: Japanese Emigration and Immigration from the late 19th to 21st Century * 6. Is Blood Thicker than Water Politically? Latin American Nikkeijin in Japan 1990-2008 * 7. Political Transnationalism in Question: What Limits the Political Transnationalism of ‘Transnational’ Groups in Liberal Democracies 1985-2008? * 8. Conclusion- Inheriting the State: Contextualizing the Future of Post-Colonial and Ethnic Migration and Political Inclusion

Palgrave Studies in International Relations

January 2014 UK January 2014 US 288pp 27 tables, 3 b/w illustrations Hardback £65.00 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 9781137270542 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Policy Discourses on Irregular Migration in Germany and the United Kingdom

Bastian A. Vollmer, Centre on Migration, Policy and Society, University of Oxford“This book answers challenging questions. In a comparative manner, Bastian Vollmer uncovers the history of policy-making in the policy area of migration control in Germany and the UK, but also provides in-depth explanations for it. In a remarkably detailed and analytically sharp way, he has done an enormous service to academics, policy-makers and the informed public."— Werner Schiffauer, Faculty of Social and Cultural Sciences, Euroepan University Viadrina, Germany

Migration expert Bastian Vollmer explores the contentious issue of irregular migration in the highly-

charged contexts of Germany and the UK. Through policy and discourse analysis the author explains why, despite the differing contexts and migration histories, German and British policy responses to the issue are now on a convergent path.

Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. Policy Discourses, Frames, Methods * 3. United Kingdom * 4. Germany * 5. Comparative Meta-frames * 6. Concluding Remarks

New Perspectives in German Political Studies

September 2014 UK September 2014 US 272pp 1 figure Hardback £68.00 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 9781137307538 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Latino StudiesEdited by Lourdes Torres, Latin American and Latino Studies, DePaul University

Latino Studies has established itself as the leading, international peer-reviewed journal for advancing interdisciplinary scholarship about the lived experience and struggles of Latinas and Latinos for equality, representation, and social justice.

ISSN: 14763435 / EISSN: 14763443 For more information about this journal, please visit: www.palgrave-journals.com/lst


42

Applying Respondent Driven Sampling to Migrant PopulationsLessons from the Field

Guri Tyldum, Fafo Institute for Applied International Studies, Norway, Lisa Johnston, Tulane University, USA

This text gives a thorough introduction to the theoretical and practical aspects of planning, conducting and analysing data from Respondent Driven Sampling surveys, drawing on the experiences of experts in the field as well as pioneers that have applied Respondent Driven Sampling methodology to migrant populations.

Contents: Introduction; Lisa Johnston and Guri Tyldum * 1. Sampling Migrants: How Respondent Driven Sampling Works; Lisa Johnston * 2. RDS and the Structure of Migrant Populations; Jon Horgen Friberg and Cindy Horst* 3. Measuring Personal Network Size in RDS; Lisa G. Johnston, Leila Rodriguez and Joanna Napierala * 4. Initiation of the RDS Recruitment Process:

Seed Selection and Role; Agnieszka Kubal, Inna Shvab and Anna Wojtynska * 5. Deciding on and Distributing Incentives in RDS; Guri Tyldum, Leila Rodriguez, Ingunn Bjørkhaug and Anna Wojtynska * 6. Formative Assessment, Data Collection and Parallel Monitoring for RDS Fieldwork; Jane Montealegre, Antje Röder, and Rojan Ezzati * 7. Analyzing Data in RDS; Lisa Kohnston and Renee Luthra * Appendix I. Summary Of RDS Surveys Referenced * Appendix II. Overview Of The Development Of The Different RDS Estimators, Their Specific Features And The Software Available For Their Use


Child and Youth MigrationMobility-in-Migration in an Era of Globalization

Edited by Angela Veale, University College Cork, Ireland, Giorgia Donà, University of East London, UK

This edited collection captures the intersection between migration, mobility and childhood studies. Contributors explore under-researched child and youth short-term and micro movements within major migration fluxes that occur in response to migration and global change.

Contents: 1. Complex Migrations, Migrant Child and Family Life Trajectories and Globalization; Angela Veale and Giorgia Donà * 2. Young Migrant Trajectories from Bolivia to Argentina: Changes and Continuities in an Era of Globalization; Samantha Punch * 3. Transnational/Indigenous Youth: Learning, Feeling, and Being in Globalized Contexts; Fina Carpena-Méndez * 4. Jeans, Bicycles and Mobile Phones: Adolescent Migrants’ Material Consumption in Burkina Faso; Dorte Thorsen * 5. New Youth Mobilities:

Transnational Migrations, Racialization and Global Popular Culture; Diana Yeh * 6. Forced Migration and Material and Virtual Mobility among Rwandan Children and Young People; Giorgia Donà * 7. ‘I Wish, I Wish...’ Reflections on Mobility, Immobility and the Global ‘Imaginings’ of Nigerian Transnational Children; Angela Veale and Camilla Andres * 8. The Children Left Behind by International Migrants from Sri Lanka: Victims or Beneficiaries of Globalization?; Rajith W. D. Lakshman, Sunethra Perera and Pinnawala Sangasumana * 9. Ways of Being a Child in a Dispersed Family: Multi-Parenthood and Migratory Debt between France and Mali (Soninke Homeland); Élodie Razy * 10. Protecting Children or Pandering to Politics? A Critical Analysis of Anti-Child Trafficking Discourse, Policy and Practice; Neil Howard * 11. Mobility-in-Migration in an Era of Globalization: Key Themes and Future Directions; Giorgia Donà and Angela Veale


Transnational Lives in ChinaExpatriates in a Globalizing City

Angela Lehmann, University of Xiamen, China

Increasing numbers of people from Western nations are leaving home to work within the developing economies of Asia. Here, Angela Lehmann explores a second-tier city in China and uses sociological theory to understand the impact of global mobility on identity, community and belonging.

Contents: 1. Introduction * PART I: VULNERABILITIES OF GLOBAL MOBILITY * 2. Anxiety and Individualism * 3. Ecstasy and Freedom * 4. Fear and Difference * PART II: POWER AND COMMUNITY * 5. Division * 6. Gender and Race * 7. Home * 8. Conclusion


Children and BordersEdited by Spyros Spyrou, European University, Cyprus, Miranda Christou, University of Cyprus

This collection brings together an interdisciplinary pool of scholars to explore the relationship between children and borders with richly-documented ethnographic studies from around the world. The book provides a penetrating account of how borders affect children’s lives and how children play a constitutive role in the social life of borders.

Contents: PART I: CHILDREN AND BORDERLANDS * 1. Experiencing the State and Negotiating Belonging in Zomia: Pa Koh and Bru-Van Kieu Ethnic Minority Youth in a Lao-Vietnamese Borderland; Tran Thi Hà Lan and Roy Huijsmans * 2. ‘Anyone who welcomes a little child like this on my behalf is welcoming me’: A Case Study on Residential Child and Youth Care in the Mexican-American Border Zone; Sylvia Meichsner * 3. Growing up in a Portuguese Borderland; Sofia Marques da Silva * PART II: CHILDREN, BORDERS AND WAR * 4. Arrested in Place: Palestinian Children and Families at the Border; Bree Akesson * 5. Destination Europe: Afghan Unaccompanied Minors Crossing Borders; Barla Buil and Melissa Siegel * 6. Crossing Borders of Geography and Self: South Sudanese Refugee Youth Gangs in Egypt; Marisa O. Ensor * PART III: CHILDREN AND CONTESTED BORDERS * 7. What is a Border? Greek Cypriot and Turkish Cypriot Children’s Understanding of a Contested Territorial Division; Miranda Christou and Spyros Spyrou * 8. Palestinian ‘Children of the Junction’: Contested Borders and Representations; Omri Grinberg * 9. Bordering in Transition: Young People’s Experiences in ‘Post Conflict’ Belfast; Martina McKnight and Madeleine Leonard * PART IV: CHILDREN CROSSING BORDERS * 10. Criminals in our Land! Border Movement and Apprehension of Children from Bangladesh within the Juvenile Justice System in India; Chandni Basu * 11. Crossing Borders and Borderlands: Childhood’s Secret Undergrounds; Sonja Arndt and Marek Tesar * 12. Unaccompanied Migrant Children and Youth: Navigating Relational Borderlands; Stuart C. Aitken, Kate Swanson and Elizabeth G. Kennedy * PART V: CHILDREN, BORDERS AND BELONGING * 13. When the Border Becomes a Threshold: Children’s Visits to Relatives in Santo Domingo; Livia Jiménez Sedano * 14. Borders Separating Families: Children’s Perspectives of Labour Migration in Estonia; Dagmar Kutsar, Merike Darmody and Leana Lahesoo * 15. ‘Everything is a Spectrum’: Korean Migrant Youth Identity Work in the Transnational Borderland; Sujin Kim and Lisa Dorner

Studies in Childhood and Youth




Multiculturalism and Conflict Reconciliation in the Asia-PacificMigration, Language and Politics

Edited by Kosuke Shimizu, Ryukoku University, Japan, William S. Bradley, Ryukoku University, Japan

This book is open access under a CC BY license.

This edited collection focuses on theories, language and migration in relation to multiculturalism in Japan and the Asia-Pacific. Each chapter aims to provide alternative understandings to current conflicts that have arisen due to immigration and policies related to education, politics, language, work, citizenship and identity.

Contents: This book is open access under a CC BY license.* 1. Introduction; Kosuke Shimizu and William S. Bradley * PART I * 2. Multicultural Coexistence in Japan: Follower, Innovator, or Reluctant Late Adopter?; William S. Bradley * 3. A Critical Analysis of Multiculturalism and Deviant Identities: Untold Stories of

Japanese Americans without Nations; Takumi Honda * 4. Theorizing Multiculturalism: Modeling the Dynamics of Inclusion and Exclusion in School-Based Multicultural Settings; Lee Gunderson * PART II * 5. Who Owns Our Tongue? English, Academic Life and Subjectivity; Kosuke Shimizu * 6. Preservice and Inservice English as a Foreign Language Teachers’ Perceptions of the New Language Education Policy Regarding the Teaching of Classes in English at Japanese Senior High Schools; Toshinobu Nagamine * 7. An Alternative Approach to Foreign Language Education in Japan with a View Toward Becoming a Multicultural Society; Mitsunori Takakuwa * PART III * 8. Female Domestic Workers on the Move: Examining Global Householding and Global De-Householding in Today’s World; Rieko Karatani * 9. Multiculturalism as a Determinant of the Transit and Final Destinations in the Stepwise Migration of Filipino Nurses; Maria Reinaruth D. Carlos * 10. Who Benefits from Dual Citizenship? The New Nationality Law and Multicultural Future of South Korea; Shincha Park * 11. ‘Global Jinzai,’ Japanese Higher Education and the Path to Multiculturalism: Imperative, Imposter or Immature?; Julian Chapple

September 2014 UK September 2014 US 256pp 10 b/w tables, 3 figures Hardback £65.00 / $31.00 / CN$35.50 9781137403599 Paperback £15.00 / $23.00 / CN$26.50 9781137464620 Ministry of Education, Culture, Sports, Science and Technology (MEXT) grant Canadian Rights ebooks available

Relating Indigenous and Settler IdentitiesBeyond Domination

Avril Bell, Auckland University, New Zealand“Superb. A powerful and rich piece of writing about a key relationship in today’s world: that between indigenous and settler peoples. With clarity and grace, this book provides new insights into the necessary engagements between us." — Professor Alison Jones, University of Auckland, New Zealand

This book uses identity theories to explore the struggles of indigenous peoples against the domination of the settler imaginary in Australia, Canada, New Zealand and the United States. The book argues that a new relational imaginary can revolutionize the way settler peoples think about and relate to indigenous difference.

Contents: 1. Introduction * PART I: THE SETTLER IMAGINARY * 2. Indigenous Authenticity and Settler Nationalisms * 3: Hybrid Identities and the One-Way Street of Assimilation * PART II: POSTCOLONIAL RESISTANCES * 4. Performative Hybridity, Unhomely Temporality and Cultural Difference * 5. Strategic Essentialism, Indigenous Agency and Difference * PART III: TOWARDS THE RELATIONAL IMAGINARY * 6. ‘Deep Colonising’: The Politics of Recognition * 7. Ethical Obligation and Relationality

Identity Studies in the Social Sciences


Cultural Wounding, Healing, and Emerging Ethnicities

Amanda Kearney, University of New South Wales, Australia

Today, there is new appeal in the analysis of ethnicity, not merely as innate and fixed identities or fragmented and lost identities, but rather as wounded and then creatively reclaimed. Kearney discusses international examples of cultural wounding and healing and presents two close readings of emerging ethnicities in Australia and Brazil.

Contents: Introduction * 1. Ethnicity, (not Race) and Belonging * 2. Cultural Wounding * 3. Wounds: Broken Bodies and the Rupture of Kinship * 4. What Happens When the Wounded Survive? Ethnicity and the Healing Project * 5. Cultural Wounding, Healing and Emerging Ethnicities * for Indigenous Australians * 6. Life in

the Affirmative - Cultural Wounding, Healing and African Descent in Brazil * Conclusion

November 2014 UK November 2014 US 238pp 4 b/w illustrations Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 9781137480569 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Migrant, Roma and Post-Colonial Youth in Education across EuropeBeing ‘Visibly Different’

Edited by Julia Szalai, Central European University, Hungary, Claire Schiff, University of Bordeaux, France

This book compares the educational experiences of adolescents from a variety of ‘visible’ ethnic minority groups across Europe. Focusing on underprivileged urban contexts, it reveals the structural inequalities, as well as the often conflicting inter-ethnic relations which develop in classrooms, playgrounds and larger communities.

Contents: 1. Introduction: Understanding the Salience of Ethnicity in the Educational Experiences of Minority Adolescents Across Europe; Claire Schiff * 2. Apart or Together: Motivations Behind Ethnic Segregation in Education Across Europe; Vera Messing * 3. Inclusive Education for Children of Immigrants: The Turkish Second Generation in Sweden, the Netherlands, and Austria;

Philipp Schnell and Maurice Crul * 4. Teachers’ Approaches to Ethnic Minority Students Through a Comparative Lens; Claire Schiff * 5. The Emerging ‘Ethnic Ceiling’: Implications of Grading on Adolescents’ Educational Advancement in Comparative Perspective; Julia Szalai * 6. Education in the European Multicultural Debates and Polices; Violetta Zentai * 7. Intricacies of Ethnicity: A Comparative Study of Minority Identity Formation During Adolescence; Mária Neményi and Róza Vajda * 8. Dampened Voices: A Comparative Look at Roma Adolescents’ Discourses on Being ‘Othered’ at School; Margit Feischmidt * 9. Educational Strategies of Minority Youth and the Social Constructions of Ethnicity; Bolette Moldenhawer * 10. Racism, Ethnicity and Schooling in England; Ian Law and Sarah Swann * 11. Experiencing Ethnicity in a Colour-Blind System: Minority Students in France; Claire Schiff * 12. The Interplay of School and Family and its Impact on the Educational Careers of Ethnic Minority Youth in Germany; Gaby Straßburger * 13. Ethnic Identification and the Desire to Belong in the Case of Urban Roma Youth in Romania; Enikő Vincze * 14. Structural and Personal Forms of Discrimination in Slovak Multi-Ethnic Schools; David Kostlán * 15. Conclusions: Ethnic Distinctions and the Making of Citizenship in Education; Julia Szalai

June 2014 UK June 2014 US 284pp 5 b/w tables, 2 b/w photos Hardback £65.00 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 9781137308627 Canadian Rights ebooks available

POLITICS, GOVERNANCE, GLOBALIZATION AND THE STATE

44


Social Justice and the UniversityGlobalization, Human Rights and the Future of Democracy

Edited by Jon Shefner, University of Tennessee, USA, Harry F. Dahms, University of Tennessee, USA, Robert Emmet Jones, University of Tennessee, USA, Asafa Jalata, University of Tennessee, USA Can universities continue to play a major role in advancing social justice today? This volume illuminates key aspects of social justice as a theoretical project and as a set of practical challenges. Authors address related issues from the perspectives of active practitioners in the context of or from close proximity to universities.

Contents: 1. Globalization and the University - A Path to Social Justice; Robert E. Jones and Jon Shefner 2. From Domination to ‘Buen Vivir’: Latin America and Contested Globalization; Michael Handelsman 3. Researching, Knowing, and Promoting Social Justice for Indigenous Americans; Asafa Jalata * 4. The Promise

of International Law in Developing a Global Foundation for Social Justice; Robert Blitt * 5. The Goal of Gender Transformation in American Universities: Toward Social Justice for Women in the Academy; Barbara J. Risman and Timothy Adkin * 6. Climate Change, Intergenerational Justice and the University; John Nolt * 7. Social Justice, the University and the Temptation of Mission Creep; David Reidy * 8. Co-Constructing Democratic Knowledge for Social Justice: Lessons from an International Research Collaboration; John Gaventa and Felix Bivens * 9. The Role of Law School Clinics and Universities Social Justice Work; Benjamin Barton * 10. Social Justice Manifest: University-Community Outreach Research to Reduce Homelessness; David Patterson, Courtney Cronley, Stacia West, Jennifer West and Jennifer Lantz * 11. University Social Engagement as Space for Resistance to the Marketization of Higher Education Institutions: A Case Study from the United Kingdom; Felix Bivens * 12. Critical Engagement: Risk Reward and Methods in Teaching Social Justice; William V. Taylor, Ben Feldmeyer and Katie Morris * 13. Approaching Human Rights as a Cognitive Style in the College Classroom; Benjamin Gregg * 14. Teaching Spaces: A Critical Reflection on Using Spatial Exploration Exercises as Teaching Tools; Maria Stehle * 15. A New Popular Movement for Social Justice in the United States and Beyond; Frances Fox Piven and Jon Shefner * 16. Student Activism and the University: Resources, Challenges and Opportunities; Elizabeth A. East and Jayanni Webster * 17. Teaching (for) Social Justice/Organizing for Social Justice and the University; Walter Davis * 18. Real Utopias and the University: An Interview; Erik Olin Wright * 19. Barriers and Conduits to Social Justice - Universities in the Twenty-First Century; Harry F. Dahms and Eric R. Lybeck

April 2014 UK April 2014 US 376pp Hardback £65.00 / $105.00 / CN$115.00 9781137289377 Canadian Rights ebooks available

The Impact of European Employment Strategy in Greece and PortugalEuropeanization in a World of Neglect

Sotirios Zartaloudis, Department of Politics, History and IR, Loughborough University"This is an important book for those interested in the political economy of southern Europe and Europeanization. Zartaloudis’ expert analysis of employment policies in Greece and Portugal reaches beyond the narrow confines of the two countries and his insights are particularly valuable in the context of the ongoing Eurozone crisis and the questions around Europe’s ability to forge a common path for its diverse member states."— Professor Dimitris Papadimitriou, Director of the Manchester Jean Monnet Centre of Excellence (JMCE), Politics, University of Manchester, UK

Through the new use of new empirical evidence derived from analysing employment services, gender equality policies and flexicurity in Greece and Portugal, this book provides compelling new insights into how European Employment Strategy (EES) can influence the domestic employment policy of European Union member states.

Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. The European Employment Strategy and National Employment Policies * 3. Theoretical Framework * 4. Public Employment Service’s Reform in Greece: Following the EU Money? * 5. Reforming the Portuguese PES: Europeanization through Soft Law Empowerment? * 6. Tracing the Europeanization of Greek Employment Policy (GEP) with Regard to Gender Equality Promotion: Following the ESF Money? * 7. Gender Equality Promotion in Portuguese Employment Policy: Europeanization through Domestic Empowerment * 8. Incorporating Flexicurity in Greek Employment Policy: from a Promising Start to a Melancholic End * 9. Conclusions

June 2014 UK June 2014 US 240pp 37 b/w tables, 1 figure Hardback £65.00 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 9781137361967 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Interpreting Hashtag PoliticsPolicy Ideas in an Era of Social Media

Stephen Jeffares, School of Government and Society, University of Birmingham, UK"To understand the dynamics of policy making, take social media seriously. Nice work by Stephen Jeffares illustrating how a new generation of policy scholars will redraw the boundaries of a discipline."— Professor Maarten Hajer, Department of Political Science, University of Amsterdam and PBL Netherlands Environmental Agency, the Netherlands.

Why do policy actors create branded policy ideas like Big Society and does launching them on Twitter extend or curtail their life? This book reveals how policy analysis can adapt in an increasingly mediatised way to offer interpretive insights into the life and death of policy

ideas in an era of hashtag politics.

Contents: 1. Policy Ideas and Hashtag Politics * 2. Theorising Policy Ideas * 3. The Lifecycle of Policy Ideas * 4. Identifying Policy Viewpoints * 5. Social Media and Policy Practices * 6. Capturing the Digital Footprint of Policy Discussion * 7. Interpreting Social Media Data * 8. The Future of Hashtag Politics




Public Administration in Contested SocietiesKarl O’Connor, School of Criminology, Politics and Social Policy, University of Ulster, UK"This book is based on important and original research exploring the governance of contested societies, in particular Brussels and Belfast. O’Connor brings a fresh approach to an age old problem; how can different people live together in peace while faced with conflict? He explores the role of the elite level bureaucrats and in particular the role they play via representative bureaucracy, in delivering services through a system of multi-level governance and complex networks of policy makers and service deliverers. It is an important book and one that students and practitioners of governance, conflict and security would be well advised to read." —Andrew

Massey, Department of Politics, University of Exeter, UK

Why are some conflicts managed better than others? Social scientists have used various disciplinary lenses to answer this question but until now, public administration has not been used to understand how conflict is managed. This book explores the everyday management of conflict in two cases of power-sharing from the view of elite level bureaucrats

Contents: 1. Representative Bureaucracy in Plural Societies * 2. Researching in Contested Cities: Belfast and Brussels * 3. Belfast: Everyday Policy-making in a Contested Environment * 4. Brussels: Power-Sharing at the Lowest Common Denominator * 5. The Merit Principle in a Representative Bureaucracy: Belfast * 6. Active Representation within the Power-sharing Society: The Values * Guiding Administrative Decision-making in Belfast and Brussels * 7. Concluding Remarks: Bureaucrats and Conflict Management

March 2014 UK March 2014 US 248pp 10 b/w tables, 10 figures Hardback £65.00 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 9781137298140 Canadian Rights ebooks available

The Party Politics of Immigration and the EUPontus Odmalm, Department of Politics and International Relations, University of Edinburgh, UK"In this insightful contribution, Pontus Odmalm examines the crucial questions around the transformation of political parties over Europe and immigration. Highly topical and at the cutting edge of political science debates, this book benefits from a cross-national comparative design and starts to offer answers on why and how party competition is changing in western Europe today." —Paul Statham, Director of the Sussex Center for Migration Research, University of Sussex, UK

This book explores the changing nature of party competition in four West European countries. It pays special attention to how different ideological positions give rise to contradictory cues when parties engage with atypical election issues like the EU and immigration.

Contents: 1. The Changing Nature of Party Competition * 2. Competing in Multi-Dimensional Party Spaces * 3. (Almost) Contesting the EU and Immigration (1945-1990) * 4. ‘Pulled’ or ‘Pushed’? Increased Ideological Uncertainty on the EU and Immigration ‘issues’ * 5. The Changing Modes of Party Competition (1991 – 2010) * 6. The Death of Ideology, or Ways of Dealing with an Increased State of Flux?

Palgrave Studies in European Union Politics

October 2014 UK October 2014 US 192pp 1 graph, 19 b/w tables Hardback £63.00 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 9780230367746 Canadian Rights ebooks available

The Transformation of Global Health Governance

Colin McInnes, Aberystwyth University, UK, Adam Kamradt-Scott, University of Sidney, Australia, Kelley Lee, Simon Fraser University, Canada, Anne Roemer-Mahler, University of Sussex, UK, Simon Rushton, Sheffield University, UK, Owain David Williams, UNDP, University of Queensland, Australia

The authors examine how health governance is being transformed amid globalization, characterized by the emergence of new actors and institutions, and the interplay of competing ideas about global health. They explore how this has affected the governance of specific health issues and how it relates to global governance more broadly.

Contents: 1. Global Governance and Health * 2. HIV/AIDS * 3. Pandemic Influenza * 4.Tobacco Control * 5. Access to Medicines and the International Patent Rights Regime * 6. Conclusion: The Transformation of Global Health Governance

April 2014 UK April 2014 US 144pp 3 diagrams Hardback £45.00 / $67.50 / CN$78.00 9781137365712 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Fegelein’s Horsemen and Genocidal WarfareThe SS Cavalry Brigade in the Soviet Union

Henning Pieper, Independent Scholar, Germany

The SS Cavalry Brigade was a unit of the Waffen-SS that differed from other German military formations as it developed a ‘dual role’: SS cavalrymen both helped to initiate the Holocaust in the Soviet Union and experienced combat at the front.

Contents: Introduction * 1. Elite sportsmen: The Pre-War SS-Reiterstandarten * 2. Brutal Occupation: The SS Cavalry in Poland * 3. The SS Cavalry Brigade and Operation ‘Barbarossa’ * 4. Mass Violence in the Pripet Marshes * 5. Partisan Warfare in the Soviet Union * 6. The Winter Battle West of Moscow, 1941 – 1942 * Conclusion

The Holocaust and its Contexts



46

Global Risk Governance in HealthNathalie Brender, Haute école de gestion de Genève, Switzerland

Epidemics know no borders and are often characterized by a high level of uncertainty, causing major challenges in risk governance. The author shows the emergence of global risk governance processes and the key role that the World Health Organization (WHO) plays within them.

Contents: Introduction * 1. Thinking the International Response to a Global Health Risk * 2. Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome: Analysis of a Successful Containment * 3. Avian Influenza H5n1: International Preparedness against a Future Influenza Pandemic * 4. Cases Comparison, Outlook On H1n1 Influenza Pandemic and Conclusions

November 2014 UK November 2014 US 248pp 15 b/w tables, 11 figures, 1 map Hardback £65.00 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 9781137273567 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Self-Regulation and LegalizationMaking Global Rules for Banks and Corporations

Annegret Flohr, Peace Research Institute, Germany

Departing from an International Relations perspective, Self-Regulation and Legalization inquires how industry self-regulation affects the role of international law in governing global banks. It provides case studies of the Wolfsberg Principles and the Equator Principles.

Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. Industry Self-Regulation: Soft Rules for Corporations * 3. The Theoretical Framework: Legalization as Hard Rules for States? * 4. A Brief History of Governance in the Financial Sector * 5. Anti-Money Laundering and the Wolfsberg Principles * 6. Legalization of Anti-Money Laundering * 7. Environmental Safeguards and the Equator Principles * 8. Legalization of Environmental and Social Safeguards * 9. Conclusion: Patterns and Dynamics of Self-Regulatory Impact

Global Issues


International Organizations and Development, 1945-1990

Edited by Marc Frey, Bundeswehr University Munich, Germany, Sönke Kunkel, German Science Foundation (DFG), Corinna R. Unger, Jacobs University Bremen, Germany

This volume explores how international organizations became involved in the making of global development policy, and looks at the driving forces and dynamics behind that process, critically assessing the consequences their policies have had around the world.

Contents: 1. Introduction; Marc Frey, Sönke Kunkel, Corinna Unger * 2. Technical Internationalism and ‘Economic Development’ at the Founding Moment of the UN System; Daniel Speich * 3. Development, the Human Story: Alva Myrdal at the UN, 1949 – 1956; Glenda Sluga * 4. ‘Keep Food Out of Politics:’

The UN Food and Agriculture Organization, 1945 – 1965; Ruth Jachertz * 5. Negotiations and Dependencies: The United Nations Organizations, Private Foundations, and the Shaping of Nutrition and Development Policies at the Central American Institute of Nutrition (INCAP), 1946 – 1978; Corinne Pernet * 6. In the Name of World Health and Development: The World Health Organization and Malaria Eradication in India, 1949 – 1970; Thomas Zimmer * 7. Free Trade and Freedom to Trade: The Development Challenge to GATT, 1947-1968; Francine McKenzie * 8. A Club of the Rich to Help the Poor? The OECD as an Unduly Neglected Actor in the Field of ‘Development’; Matthias Schmelzer * 9. A ‘Global Nervous System:’ The Rise and Rise of Humanitarian NGOs; Kevin O’Sullivan * 10. Of Heart-Felt Charity and Billion Dollar Enterprise: The Rise of Humanitarian NGOs after World War II – A Case Study of CARE; Heike Wieters * 11. Contesting Globalization: The United Nations Conference on Trade and Development and the Transnationalization of Sovereignty; Sönke Kunkel

Palgrave Macmillan Transnational History Series

August 2014 UK August 2014 US 312pp 2 b/w tables, 2 graphs Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$106.00 9781137437532 Canadian Rights

Manufacturing Civil SocietyPrinciples, Practices and Effects

Edited by Taco Brandsen, Radboud University Nijmegen, the Netherlands, Willem Trommel, Faculty of Social Sciences, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, the Netherlands, Bram Verschuere, Faculty of Economics and Business, University of Ghent, "This volume covers key questions about the relationship between civil society and government. It will be a valuable addition to research on civil society and the third sector."—Mary Tschirhart, Professor of Non-Profit Management, John Glenn School of Public Affairs, The Ohio State University, USA

Faced with falling social cohesion governments have sought to revitalise society by trying to reconstruct local communities, civil society and citizenship. As a result,

civil society is increasingly brought within the realm of public management, subject to accountability and embedded in hierarchies the impact and origins of which this book explores.

Contents: 1. Manufacturing Civil Society: An Introduction * 2. ‘You’re either with us or against us’: Manufacturing Civility in the Netherlands * 3. Diversity and Ambiguity in the English Third Sector: Responding to Contracts and Competition in Public Services Delivery * 4. How Viable is the Big Society? Perceptions from Environmental NGOs in the UK * 5. Civil Society Organisations as a Government Steering Mechanism: A cComparison between Sport Associations and Patient Organisations in the Netherlands *and more

Governance and Public Management




The Integrity of GovernanceWhat it is, What we Know, What is Done and Where to go

Leo Huberts, Department of Political Science and Public Administration"The Integrity of Governance addresses a most important, yet hardly addressed topic in the field of ethics, values and norms in governance, that is, the integrity of our elites, administrators and street level bureaucrats. For more than two decades, Leo Huberts has done in-depth investigations on this dimension of public ethics and this book is the excellent culmination thereof. This book is a must-read for all scholars and students interested in understanding what causes our leaders and their staff sometimes to act differently than they are supposed to act." —Michiel S de Vries, President of IASIA, Chair in Public Administration, Radboud University Nijmegen

In the first book of its kind, Leo Huberts provides a critical synthesis of cutting-edge research on public sector integrity exploring issues such as the definition and importance of public sector integrity, the various methodological approaches to the field as well as considering the causes of for the violation of values associated with integrity.

Contents: 1. Introduction; Leo Huberts * 2 The Multi Disciplinarity of Ethics and Integrity of Governance; Leo Huberts * 3 Integrity and Integritism; Leo Huberts * 4. Governance and Integrity; Leo Huberts * 5 What Is Valued in Politics and Administration; Leo Huberts and Zeger van der Wal * 6 What Goes Wrong: Integrity Violations; Leo Huberts and Karin Lasthuizen * 7 Why It Goes Wrong: Causes of Corruption; Leo Huberts and Gjalt de Graaf * 8. What Is Done to Protect Integrity: Policies, Institutions, and Systems; Leo Huberts, Fredérique Six, Mieke van Tankeren, André van Montfort and Hester Paanakker * 9 Placing Integrity of Governance in Context; Leo Huberts

Governance and Public Management


Sovereignty and ResponsibilityPower, Norms and Intervention in International Relations

Jeremy Moses, University of Canterbury, Christchurch, New Zealand

This book is a critical study of the concept of sovereignty and its relationship to responsibility. It establishes a clear distinction between empirical and normative definitions of sovereignty and examines the implications of these concepts in relation to intervention, international law, and the world state.

Contents: Introduction * 1. Defining Sovereignty * 2. Sovereignty, (Ir)responsibility, and Intervention * 3. Normative Theory and Political Theology * 4. The Politics of Sovereignty as Responsibility: The Case of Libya * 5. Sovereignty, Intervention and Contemporary International Law * 6. Beyond Sovereignty? Cosmopolitanism and Realist Thought on the World State * Conclusion: Myths and Metaphors of Sovereignty


CRITICAL STUDIES OF THE ASIA-PACIFIC SERIES

Edited by Mark Beeson, Professor, Murdoch University, Australia

Incomplete Democracies in the Asia-PacificEvidence from Indonesia, Korea, the Philippines and Thailand

Edited by Giovanna Maria Dora Dore, John Hopkins University, USA, Jae H. Ku, John Hopkins University, USA, Karl Jackson, John Hopkins University, USA

This collection presents a varied picture of the state of democracy in Asia, revealing unique findings from a project entitled the ‘Asia Democracy Initiative’ which explored the role of ordinary people in democratization through the rise of expressive social values in Indonesia, South Korea, the Philippines and Thailand.

Contents: 1. Introduction; Giovanna Maria Dora Dore and Karl D. Jackson * 2. Democracy is not the only game in town: Democratic and Authoritarian Attitudes in Indonesia, the Philippines, South Korea and Thailand; Giovanna Maria Dora Dore * 3. Democratization and the Middle Class in Indonesia: Waiting for

Godot?; Karl D. Jackson * 4. The Decline of Political Participation in South Korea between 2000 and 2011; Jae H. Ku * 5. From Subjects to Citizens: Democratic Consolidation in Thailand between 2000 and 20011; Prinat Apirat * 6. The Philippines: Who votes, who participates, and why?; Giovanna Maria Dora Dore * 7. Satisfaction and Dissatisfaction with Political Leaders in Indonesia, the Philippines, South Korea and Thailand; James Marshall Kirby * 8. Conclusions; Jae H. Ku


Politics in Contemporary VietnamParty, State, and Authority Relations

Edited by Jonathan London, City University Hong Kong, Hong Kong

Vietnam’s political development has entered an extraordinary, if indeterminate, phase. Comprising contributions from leading Vietnam scholars, this volume comprehensively explores the core aspects of Vietnam’s politics, providing a cutting-edge analysis of politics in one of East Asia’s least understood countries.

Contents: 1. Politics in Contemporary Vietnam; Jonathan D. London * 2. Persistence amid Decay: The Communist Party of Vietnam at 83; Tuong Vu * 3. State versus State: The Principal-Agent Problem in Vietnam’s Decentralizing Economic Reforms; Thomas Jandl * 4. Authoritarianism Reconfigured: Evolving accountability relations within Vietnam’s One-Party Rule; Thaveeporn Vasavakul * 5. Understanding the Confidence Vote in

Vietnamese National Assembly: An Update on Adverse Effects of Sunshine; Edmund J. Malesky * 5. Government Repression and Toleration of Dissidents in Contemporary Vietnam; Benedict J. Tria Kerkvliet * 7. The Apparatus of Authoritarian Rule in Vietnam; Carlyle Thayer * 8. The Political Influence of Civil Society in Vietnam; Andrew Wells-Dang * 9. Toward a New Politics?; Jonathan London

May 2014 UK May 2014 US 248pp 9 b/w illustrations Hardback £65.00 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 9781137347527 Canadian Rights ebooks available


48

Japan’s Maritime Security StrategyThe Japan Coast Guard and Maritime Outlaws

Lindsay Black, Leiden University, The Netherlands

Since the late 1990s, the Japan Coast Guard (JCG) has countered a myriad of ‘outlaw’ threats at sea including piracy, terrorism, the proliferation of Weapons of Mass Destruction (WMD) and the threat posed by ‘rogue states’. Japan’s innovative strategy has transformed maritime security governance in Southeast Asia and beyond.

Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. Japan: An Innovative Power? * 3. Defining Outlaws * 4. The Root Causes of Outlaw Behaviour * 5. North Korean ‘suspicious ships’ * 6. Piracy in Southeast Asia and the Gulf of Aden * 7. Counter-terrorism and Proliferation at Sea * 8. Conclusion

March 2014 UK March 2014 US 240pp 2 b/w line drawings Hardback £65.00 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 9781137385543 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Security Sector Reform in Southeast AsiaFrom Policy to Practice

Edited by Felix Heiduk, University of Birmingham, UK

Successful reform of the security sector has been regarded as pivotal for a successful transition from authoritarianism to democracy by Western donors. A global cast of contributors examines SSR in a variety of policy fields in Southeast Asia, paying specific attention to the adaption of ‘Western’ reform concepts by local actors.

Contents: 1. Introduction: Security Sector Reform in Southeast Asia; Felix Heiduk * 2. Security Sector Reform in Southeast Asia: From Policy to Practice; Carolina G. Hernandez * 3. Eurocentric and ahistorical? The concept of SSR and its limits; Jörg Krempel * 4. Impediments to Security Sector Reform in Thailand; Deniz Kocak and Johannes Kode * 5. Superficial Consolidation: Security

Sector Governance and the Executive Branch in the Philippines Today; Paul Chambers * 6. Stifled development - The SSR-CSO community in post-authoritarian Indonesia; Fabio Scarpello * 7. Security Sector Reform in Southeast Asia: The Role of Private Security Providers; Carolin Liss * 8. Do as We say, Not As We Do? – Gender and Police Reform in Timor-Leste; Henri Myrttinen * 9. A Sisyphean Exercise of SSR: Examining the Role of the UN in Timor-Leste; Nicolas Lemay-Hébert * 10. Conclusion: Assessing Security Sector Reform in Southeast Asia; Felix Heiduk

March 2014 UK March 2014 US 264pp 8 b/w tables Hardback £65.00 / $10500 / CN$121.00 9781137365484 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Changing Security Dynamics in East AsiaA Post-US Regional Order in the Making?

Edited by Elena Atanassova-Cornelis, University of Antwerp & Catholic University of Louvain, Belgium, Frans-Paul van der Putten, Netherlands Institute of International Relations Clingendael, The Netherlands "This important volume offers an excellent range of views and arguments on the most important strategic question in Asia, and perhaps globally today. In well-considered chapters by many of the leading scholars of Asian strategic affairs it offers rigorous and balanced analyses of the key questions which will shape Asia’s strategic order over coming years. The chapters combine scholarly rigour with a robust sense of political and policy realities. It will quickly win a key place in the literature on Asian strategic affairs."—Hugh White, Australian National University, Australia

This original and detailed collection explores how regional actors deal with uncertainties that are inherent to the current geopolitical situation in East Asia. The contributors collectively demonstrate that strategic uncertainty has become a major factor in the shaping of the security order in East Asia.

Contents: Introduction: Why strategic uncertainty?; Elena Atanassova-Cornelis and Frans-Paul Van der Putten * PART I: EVOLVING REGIONAL SECURITY ORDER IN EAST ASIA - KEY PERSPECTIVES * 1. Theoretical Approaches to Asia’s Changing Security Order; Nick Bisley * 2. East Asian Security, Policy Debates and American Leadership; Robert Sutter * 3. China’s Approach to the US Role in East Asia: The Dynamics of Volatile Competition; Shi Yinhong * PART II: EAST ASIAN RESPONSES TO STRATEGIC UNCERTAINTY * 4. ‘Keeping the United States In’: Japan and Regional Order in East Asia; Kuniko Ashizawa * 5. The US Security Role in South Korea: Issues that Test South Korean Confidence in the US Commitment; Larry Niksch * 6. Political Resolve and Strategic Uncertainty in Taiwan-US Relations; Alexis Littlefied * 7. New Strategic Uncertainty and Security Order in Southeast Asia; Carlyle A. Thayer * PART III: ALTERNATIVE MODELS OF REGIONAL SECURITY ORDER * 8. A US-China Dual Leadership in East Asia?; Quansheng Zhao * 9. Non-Traditional Security Cooperation and Northeast Asian Regional Order; Jaewoo Choo * 10. Power Bumps on the Way to Regional Community: Asia’s Mixed Security Logics; Alice Ba * Conclusion: A post-US regional order in the making? East Asia’s security futures; Frans-Paul van der Putten and Elena Atanassova-Corne


Comparing Institution-Building in East AsiaPower Politics, Governance, and Critical Junctures

Hidetaka Yoshimatsu, The International Centre for the Study of East Asian Development, Japan

Yoshimatsu explores the causes and implications of the diverse degree of institution-building in East Asia by examining two processes of initiating and developing multilateral institutions in five policy areas: trade, finance, food security, energy security, and the environment.

Contents: Preface * 1. Introduction * 2. Frameworks for Analysing Institution-Building in East Asia * 3. Promoting Trade Liberalisation through Free Trade Agreements * 4. Developing Institutions for Regional Financial Stability * 5. Food Security Cooperation through Emergency Rice Reserve * 6. Energy Security Cooperation under ASEAN+3 * 7. Environmental Cooperation: The Monitoring

of Transboundary Air Pollution * 8. Conclusion

May 2014 UK May 2014 US 248pp 7 b/w tables, 4 figures Hardback £65.00 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 9781137370549 Canadian Rights ebooks available



East Central European Foreign Policy Identity in PerspectiveBack to Europe and the EU’s Neighbourhood

Elsa Tulmets, CERI, Sciences Po Paris, France"Looking across cases from East Central Europe and focusing on neighbours to the East and in the Western Balkans, Tulmets provides an impressive and valuable contribution to our understanding of not just how post-communist foreign policy identities have been forged but also how states have moved beyond a ‘return to Europe’ to redefine their foreign policies since becoming EU members."—David Phinnemore, School of Politics, International Studies and Philosophy, Queen’s University Belfast, UK

How have countries in the EU that were previously under Communist rule influenced the creation of a European policy towards other Post-Soviet nations? This study

explores countries including the Czech Republic and Poland and shows how they have helped develop a coherent policy based reconciling political and historical foreign policy identities.

Contents: 1. Introduction: The ‘return to Europe’ and the Rediscovery of the East *PART I: THE ‘RETURN TO EUROPE’ AND THE DEFINITION OF EAST CENTRAL EUROPEAN FOREIGN POLICY ROLES IN THE EASTERN NEIGHBOURHOO* 2. The ‘return to Europe’: Redefining ECE Political Identities After 1989 * 3. Defining the Historical Self * 4. East Central European Solidarity and Responsibility Towards the Post-Communist Neighbourhood * PART II: THE ‘EUROPEANISATION’ OF FOREIGN POLICY BEHAVIOUR OR THE RECONSTRUCTION OF THE SELF? * 5. Participation in EU Policies as a Turn in ECE Foreign Policies * 6. Foreign Policy Consistency Through the Presidencies of the Visegrád Group and of the EU Council * 7. Between Solidarity, Responsibility and Interests: Assistance Policies and Economic Ties * 8. Conclusion: The Dilemmas of Interpreting Foreign Policy Identity

July 2014 UK July 2014 US 344pp 29 b/w tables Hardback £65.00 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 9780230291300 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Leadership in a Globalized WorldComplexity, Dynamics and Risks

Frannie Léautier, Sciences Po, France"Leadership in a Globalised World adopts a rich interdisciplinary approach to the challenges of leadership in the uncertain, complex world of the 21st century. . . An essential reading for policymakers, practitioners, and national and local leaders."— Arkebe Oqubay, Advisor to the Prime Minister of Ethiopia and Former Mayor of Addis Ababa, Ethiopia

This book investigates key issues facing leaders in increasingly complex decision-making environments as a result of globalization. It presents a synthesis and interpretation of academic research in multiple disciplines and integrates it into a practical approach that is readily useable by leaders in government, corporations, and civil society.

Contents: Introduction * 1. Setting the Stage * 2. Dynamics of Change * 3. Complexity and Risk * 4. Leadership and Governance * 5. Risk Management Approaches * 6. Leadership and Context * 7. Conclusions


Development Corruption in South AfricaGovernance Matters

Soma Pillay, Federation University Australia, Australia

Development Corruption in South Africa examines governance matters with a focus on corruption. This rich empirical body on governance variables and governance performance is a welcome addition to South African government literature.

Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. Governance Matters in South Africa * 3. Legislative Measures and Institutional Structures * 4. An Institutional Theory Perspective on Corruption: The Case of a Developing Democracy * 5. Systemic Factors Moderating Whistle Blowing * 6. Exploring Whistle Blowing Intentions in South Africa * 7. Linking Cultural Dimensions with the Nature of Corruption * 8. A Cultural Ecology of New Public Management * 9. Conclusion

December 2014 UK December 2014 US 272pp 23 illustrations, 20 b/w tables, 7 figures Hardback £75.00 / $115.00 / CN$133.00 9781137386953 Canadian Rights ebooks available

The Political Economy of an Emerging Global PowerIn Search of the Brazil Dream

Lourdes Casanova, Cornell University, USA, Julian Kassum, Consultant

Is Brazil ready to take its place among the world’s leading powers? The authors examine Brazil’s hard power and soft power resources, assessing the challenges the country will need to overcome in order to build its own “Brazilian dream” and project itself on the international stage.

Contents: Introduction: Brazil at a Crossroads * List of Figures and Tables * PART I: A CHAMPION OF SOFT POWER * 1. A Friendly Giant * 2. The Brasilia Consensus: Still a Valid Model? * PART II: A HARD POWER NATION IN THE MAKING * 3. Brazil’s Economic Power * 4. Brazilian Companies Going Global * PART III: WHAT WILL PROPEL BRAZIL FORWARD? * 5. Strengthening Economic

Competitiveness * 6. Sustaining Social Innovation * 7. In Search of a Role on the Global Stage * Conclusion: How soon will Brazil lead?

International Political Economy Series

June 2014 UK June 2014 US 224pp 4 diagrams, 2 b/w tables, 16 charts Hardback £58.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 9781137352354 Canadian Rights ebooks available


50

The European Union as a Diplomatic ActorEdited by Joachim Koops, Vesalius College and Department of Political Science, Vrije Universiteit Brussel, Belgium, Gjovalin Macaj, Department of Politics and International Relations, University of Oxford, UK

This collection brings together leading scholars and practitioners to assess the processes, institutions and outcomes of the EU’s collective diplomatic engagement in the fields of security, human rights, trade and finance and environmental politics. It analyzes successes and failures in the EU’s search for global influence in the post-Lisbon era.

Contents: 1. Introduction: The EU as a Diplomatic Actor; Joachim A. Koops and Gjovalin Macaj * 2. The EU as a Diplomatic Actor in the Post-Lisbon Era: Robust or Rootless Hybrid?; Michael H.

Smith * 3. EU Diplomacy in Global Governance: The Role of the EEAS; Knud Erik Jørgensen * 4. Evaluating the Impact of EU Diplomacy: Pitfalls and Challenges; Yvonne Kleistra and Niels van Willigen * 5. EU Diplomacy at the Individual Level: The Role and Impact of the EU Special Representatives; Dominik Tolksdorf * 6. Speak Up! Getting the EU a Voice at the UN General Assembly; Fernando Andresen Guimaraes * 7. The EU as a Coercive Diplomatic Actor? The EU-3 Initiative Towards Iran; Tom Sauer 8. The EU’s Role and Performance within the G20 in the Area of Finance and Development; Peter Debaere * 9. The EU as an International Trade Negotiator; Frank Hoffmeister * 10. The EU as a Diplomatic Actor in the Field of Human Rights ; Karen E. Smith * 11. The European Union’s Climate Change Diplomacy; Simon Schunz

The European Union in International Affairs

November 2014 UK November 2014 US 224pp 1 figure, 4 b/w tables Hardback £68.00 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 9781137356840 Canadian Rights ebooks available

The Chinese Constitution of Central AsiaRegions and Intertwined Actors in International Relations

Nadine Godehardt, German Institute for International and Security Affairs, Germany

Nadine Godehardt analyzes how Chinese experts define Central Asia when they talk and write about policy issues related to China’s immediate western neighbourhood.

Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. The Study of Regions in International Relations Theory * 3. The Political Constitution of Regions * 4. The Regional Embeddedness of Intertwined Actors * 5. China and Central Asia: Twenty Years of a Demanding Relationship * 6. The Chinese Constitution of Central Asia * 7. Conclusion

Politics and Development of Contemporary China

March 2014 UK March 2014 US 248pp 25 b/w line drawings Hardback £65.00 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 9781137359735 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Referendums Around the WorldThe Continued Growth of Direct Democracy

Edited by Matt Qvortrup, Department of Management and Security Cranfield University, UK"Referendums Around the World offers a comprehensive literature overview, both empirical and theoretical, on referendums. Much more formidable, however, are the historical analyses of referendums all over the world, from Europe to Sub-Saharan Africa and Oceania, and from the United States to the ex-Communist countries. This book is a ‘must-read’ for anyone interested in the referendum as an institution that is consequential not only for law-making and constitutional revisions, but also for its role in the collapse of the Soviet Union, the fall of Pinochet, the derailing of European Unification, and the approval of authoritarian regimes and constitutions."—George

Tsebelis, Department of Political Science, University of Michigan, USA

Surveying all referendums around the world since 1793, Dr Qvortrup and contributors provide a thorough account of why and when citizens have been asked to vote on policy issues. Referendums Around the World is essential reading for political scientists and others interested in direct democracy as well as representative government.

Contents: 1. Introduction: Theory, Practice and History; Matt Qvortrup * 2. Referendums in Russia, the former Soviet Union and Eastern Europe; Ronald J. Hill and Stephen White * 3. Referendums in Western Europe; Matt Qvortrup * 4. Referendums in Switzerland; Uwe Serdült * 5. Referendums and Initiatives in North America; Todd Donovan * 6. Referendums in Latin America; David Altman * 7. Referendums in Africa; Norbert Kersting * 8. Referendums in Asia; Masahiro Kobori * 9. Referendums in Oceania; Caroline Morris * 10. Conclusion; Matt Qvortrup


Justice and Foreign RuleOn International Transitional Administration

Daniel Jacob, Freie Universität Berlin, Germany

Can foreign rule be morally justified? Since the end of the First World War, international transitional administrations have replaced dysfunctional states to create the conditions for lasting peace and democracy. In response to extreme state failure, the author argues, this form of foreign rule is not only justified, but a requirement of justice.

Contents: 1. Introduction * 1.1. International Transitional Administration * 1.2. The Natural Duty of Justice * 1.3. Outline of Chapters * 1.4. Conclusion * 2. Basic Human Interests * 2.1. The Concept of Basic Human Interests * 2.2. Physical Integrity * 2.3. Autonomy * 2.4. Interests and Capabilities * 2.5. Conclusion * 3. Human Rights, Collective Self-determination and Legitimacy *

3.1. Human Rights * 3.2. The Right to Collective Self-determination * 3.3. The Natural Duty of Justice and the Legitimacy of States * 3.4. Conclusion * 4. Responding to Extreme State Failure * 4.1. International Law and the Responsibility to Protect * 4.2. State Failure and the Natural Duty of Justice *and more

Governance and Limited Statehood

October 2014 UK October 2014 US 208pp 1 b/w table Hardback £58.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 9781137452566 Canadian Rights ebooks available



Journal of International Relations and Development

Edited Jozef Bátora, Comenius University in Bratislava, Slovakia

Journal of International Relations and Development is an internationally peer-reviewed journal in international relations and international political economy. It publishes articles on contemporary world politics and the global political economy from a variety of methodologies and approaches.

ISSN: 14086980 / EISSN: 15811980 For more information about this journal, please visit: www.palgrave-journals.com/jird

Transitional Justice in Established DemocraciesA Political Theory

Stephen Winter, Department of Political Studies, University of Auckland, New Zealand"Stephen Winter brings together transitional, redress, and liberal political theory in an illuminating approach to understanding state redress as a specifically political project of normative legitimation. This smartly written and incisively argued book sets a new bar for transitional, reparative, and historical justice theory. It is a tour de force of synoptic analysis and close consideration of specific cases of official redress in stable democracies." —Margaret Urban Walker, Donald J. Schuenke Chair in Philosophy, Philosophy Department, Marquette University, USA

Truth commissions, apologies, and reparations are just some of the transitional justice mechanisms embraced by established democracies. This groundbreaking exploration of political theory explains how these forms of state redress repair the damage state wrongdoing inflicts upon political legitimacy.

Contents: 1. Introducing State Redress * 2. Towards a Political Theory * 3. Transitions and Legitimate Regimes * 4. The Old Order * 5. The Problems of Authorised Wrongdoing * 6. Transitional Justice * 7. Administrative Justice and Canada’s Hong Kong Veterans * 8. Corrective Justice and Japanese Americans * 9. Restorative Justice and Australian Careleavers * 10. Conclusion

International Political Theory

March 2014 UK March 2014 US 320pp 1 figure Hardback £65.00 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 9780230285231 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Party Systems and Democracy in AfricaEdited by Renske Doorenspleet, Department of Politics and International Studies, University of Warwick, UK, Lia Nijzink, Law, Race and Gender Unit, University of South Africa

Do party systems help or hinder democracy in Africa? Drawing lessons from different types of party systems in six African countries, this volume shows that party systems affect democracy in Africa in ways that are unexpectedly different from the relation between party systems and democracy observed elsewhere.

Contents: 1. Do Party Systems Matter for Democracy in Africa?; Renske Doorenspleet and Lia Nijzink * 2. Multi-Party Elections in Africa: For Better or Worse; Matthijs Bogaards * PART I: ONE-PARTY DOMINANT SYSTEMS* 3. South Africa: Electoral Dominance, Identity Politics and Democracy; Steven Friedman * 4 Botswana: Presidential Ambitions, Party Factions and the Durability of a Dominant Party; Christian John Makgala and Shane Mac Giollabhuí * 5. Namibia: From Liberation to Domination; Henning Melber * PART II: OTHER PARTY SYSTEMS * 6. Ghana: The African Exemplar of an Institutionalized Two-Party System?; Cyril Daddieh and George Bob-Milliar * 7. Benin: A Pulverized Party System in Transition; Rachel Gisselquist * 8. Zambia: Dominance Won and Lost ; Dan Paget * PART III: CONCLUSION * 9. Do Party Systems Help or Hinder Democracy in Africa?; Renske Doorenspleet and Lia Nijzink

November 2014 UK November 2014 US 200pp 7 b/w tables, 1 figure Hardback £58.00 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 9781137011701 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Australia as US Client StateThe Geopolitics of De-Democratisation and Insecurity

Erik Paul, University of Sydney, Australia

This text explores Australia’s role as a US client state and the subsequent consequences for Australian democracy. Examining whether neoliberal and neoconservative interests have hijacked democracy in Australia, Paul questions whether further de-democratisation will advance US economic and military interests.

Contents: 1. A Warring Country * 2. Anglosphere * 3. Corporate State * 4. Security State * 5. Symbiosis * 6. Designed to Fail * 7. Post-democracy * 8. Dangerous Liaisons



52

The Political Economy of Arab Food Sovereignty

Jane Harrigan, School of Oriental and African Studies (SOAS)

A political economy analysis of the history of food security in the Arab world, including the role played by the global food price crisis in the Arab Spring and the Arab response aiming at greater food sovereignty via domestic food production and land acquisition overseas – the so-called land grab.

Contents: 1. Introduction* 2. The Food Security Status of Arab Countries* 3. The Evolution of Food Security in the Arab World* 4. Causes of the Global Food Crisis and its Impact on the Arab World* 5. The Arab Response to the Global Food Crisis* 6. Land Acquisition Overseas* 7. Policies for Arab Integration into Global Food Markets and Arab Domestic Agriculture* 8. Reforming Social

Safety Nets* 9. Conclusion


Building Sustainable Couples in International RelationsA Strategy Towards Peaceful Cooperation

Edited by Brigitte Vassort-Rousset, University of Lyon, France

The contributors investigate processes of international conflict transformation and peaceful cooperation. They highlight how critical intermediary-level components have proved more conducive to promoting rapprochement between rival states than interstate diplomatic engagement through incremental identity-change.

Contents: 1. Critical Components of Peaceful Couples in I.R.; Brigitte Vassort-Rousset *PART I: CONDITIONS FOR ACCOMMODATION AND INSTITUTIONALISED RECIPROCAL RESTRAINT * 2. Couples and Trust-building in International Society; Anna Caffarena * 3. The Equivocal Couple in

Multilateralism: Dyads at the UN; Mélanie Albaret and Delphine Placidi-Frot * 4. Good Fences for Good Neighbours? States, Couples, and Walls; Elisabeth Vallet and Charles-Philippe David * 5. Post-colonial Britain and its Former Colonies in the EU; Elise Féron * PART II: GRASSROOTS AND INTERMEDIATE LEVEL INTEGRATION AND INTEREST-RELATED IDENTITY CHANGE * 6. The French-German Couple: Elites’ Affair or Peoples’ Friendship?; Jean-Jacques Roche * 7. Diplomacy Decentralised: Latin American Substate Couples; Noe Cornago * 8. North Kivu: Buffer, Battleground, Sanctuary; Morten Boas * PART III: ATTEMPTING TO AVOID DIVORCE FOR LACK OF CULTURAL COMMONALITY * 9. Enduring China-India Divorce: Multi-layered Causes; Yves-Heng Lim * 10. The Binary Indo-Pakistani Civilisational Subtext; Jayati Srivastava * 11. The Divan Orchestra: Mutual Middle-range Transformation; Frédéric Ramel * Conclusion * 12. Towards International Couples’ Peaceful Identity Change through Middle-range Cooperation; Brigitte Vassort-Rousset

September 2014 UK September 2014 US 256pp 5 diagrams Hardback £65.00 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 9781137273536 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Multicultural Challenges and Sustainable Democracy in Europe and East AsiaEdited by Nam-Kook Kim, Korea University, Republic of Korea

This collection examines the current stage of multicultural challenges and their influence on democracy in 12 countries of Europe and East Asia. Contributors draw out the differences between European and East Asian approaches to universalizing locality and localizing global norms regarding human rights and democratic individuality.

Contents: Introduction: The Universalization of Locality and Localization of a Global Norms in Europe and East Asia; Nam-Kook Kim * 1. Multicultural Dreaming: Democracy and Multiculturalism in the ‘Chinese Dream’; James Farrer * 2. The Migrant Workers’ Movement in the Democratic Consolidation of Korea; Nam-Kook Kim * 3. Property Law Policy for the Indigenous Ainu People and the Unresolved Issue of Reparations in Japan; Kunihiko Yoshida * 4. Multiculturalism and Malaysia’s (Semi-)Democracy: Movements for Electoral Reform in an Evolving Ethnopolitical Landscape; Julian C.H. Lee * 5. Socio-cultural Cleavages and Red-Yellow Shirt Conflicts in Thailand’s Politics: A Critical Multiculturalism View; Pitch Pongsawat * 6. Local Citizenship and Policy Agenda for ‘Foreign Residents’ in East Asia; Jung-Mee Hwang * 7. Multiculturalism and the Extreme Right Challenge in Contemporary Britain; Nigel Copsey * 8. Nondiscrimination, Diversity and Islam: Challenges for Multiculturalism in France; Alexandra Poli * 9. Acculturation of Turkish Muslims as a Challenge to Social Integration in Germany; Haci Halil Uslucan * 10. Acts of Citizenship against Neoliberalism: The New Cycle of Migrant Struggles in Italy; Federico Oliveri * 11. Multiculturalism and Dimensions of Identification in Eastern Europe: A Failed Policy or Inescapable Reality?; Maria Stoicheva * 12. A Shared European Citizenship in a Multinational and Multicultural Environment; Frank Delmartino


Policy-Making in the TreasuryExplaining Britain’s Chosen Path on European Economic and Monetary Union

Matthew Smith, HM Treasury Press Office"This book challenges three decades of conventional political wisdom that government policy on the EU has been a series of lurches in the face of revolts or short-term crises. This book turns such assumptions on their head by revealing where policy development – and power – really lay throughout: in the Treasury. Unprecedented access to former ministers, officials and government papers, and all shrewdly analysed and engagingly written, has meant that Matthew Smith has achieved something unique: an account of what really went on behind the scenes at the heart of British government."—Sam Coates, Deputy Political Editor, The Times, UK

Going behind the doors of the Treasury and Number 10, this book explores why successive British Prime Ministers from Callaghan to Blair have been hesitant towards European Economic and Monetary Union. It uses official documents and interviews with former ministers to understand discussions that took place at the heart of government.

Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. Whitehall, the Treasury and Policy-making * 3. The Callaghan Government and the ERM * 4. The Thatcher Government and the ERM * 5. The Thatcher Government and the ERM con/d * 6. The Major Government and EMU at Maastricht * 7. The Major Government and EMU at Maastricht con/d * 8. The Blair Government and the Single Currency * 9. The Blair Government and the Single Currency con/d * 10. Conclusions


POVERTY AND HUMAN DEVELOPMENT



First World Hunger RevisitedFood Charity or the Right to Food?2nd edition

Edited by Graham Riches, University of British Columbia, Canada, Tiina Silvasti, University of Jyväskylä, Finland "The West continues to offer its food systems, consumption patterns and choice culture as the one and only righteous route to progress. This book reminds us the West has a major problem of food inequalities. We need to take a deep breath, look at the evidence and reconsider where food policies are and are not taking us."— Tim Lang, City University London, UK

Is food aid the way of the future? What are the prospects for integrated public policies informed by the right to food? First World Hunger Revisited investigates the rise of food charity and corporately sponsored food banks as

effective and sustainable responses to increasing hunger and food poverty in twelve rich ‘food-secure’ societies.

Contents: 1. Hunger in the Rich World: Food Aid and Right to Food Perspectives; Graham Riches and Tiina Silvasti * 2. Food Banks in Australia: Discouraging the Right to Food; Sue Booth * 3. A Right to Food Approach: Public Food Banks in Brazil; Cecilia Rocha * 4. Canada: Thirty Years of Food Charity and Public Policy Neglect; Graham Riches and Valerie Tarasuk * 5. Hunger and Food Aid in Estonia: a Local Authority and Family Obligation; Jüri Kõre * 6. Hunger in a Nordic Welfare State: Finland; Tiina Silvasti and Jouko Karjalainen * 7. Poverty Amid Growth: post-1997 Hong Kong Food Banks; Kwong-leung Tang, Yu-hong Zhu and Yan-yan Chen * 8. Privatising the Right to Food: Aotearoa/New Zealand; Mike O’Brien * and more

September 2014 UK September 2014 US 280pp 1 b/w table Hardback £65.00 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 9781137298713 Paperback £19.99 / $32.00 / CN$36.99 9781137298720 Canadian Rights ebooks available

The Capability ApproachFrom Theory to Practice

Edited by Solava Ibrahim, University of Manchester, UK, Meera Tiwari, University of East London, UK "This book convincingly demonstrates that the application of the capability approach to development policy and practice should be prioritised… by both researchers and practitioners. Essential reading for all who are seeking to promote human fl ourishing." — David Hulme, University of Manchester, UK

How can human capabilities be articulated and promoted in practice? How can the challenges encountered in its application be addressed? This volume answers these research questions through nine country case studies from the Global North and the Global South.

Contents: 1. The Capability Approach: From Theory to Practice - Rationale, Review and Reflections; Solava Ibrahim * 2. Capability Approach, Livelihoods and Social Inclusion: Agents of Change in Rural India; Meera Tiwari * 3. The Dynamics of Collective Agency in Practice: Women’s Fight against FGM in Upper Egypt; Solava Ibrahim * 4. Growing-up on the Street – Understanding the Lives of Street Children and Youth in Africa; Wayne Shand * 5. An agency-oriented exploration of capabilities: Reflections from the UNDP 2010 Brasil Ponto a Ponto campaign; Alexandre Apsan Frediani * 6. Sustainability and the Capability Approach: From theory to practice?; PB Anand *and more

July 2014 UK July 2014 US 296pp 13 b/w tables, 14 figures Hardback £65.00 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 9781137001443 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Spirituality and Sustainable DevelopmentRohana Ulluwishewa, Massey University, Palmerston North, New Zealand"For 60 years, we have had people telling us that problems of poverty, inequality, unsustainability and unhappiness could be solved by Western economics and technology. Rohana Ulluwishewa has dared to expose greed as the ultimate cause. Only by spirituality, whether religious or non-religious, can this greed be curbed and the author explains how this can be done."— John Flenley, Emeritus Professor of Geography, Massey University, New Zealand

Looking beyond the materialistic boundary of the conventional development paradigm, this book identifies our spiritual underdevelopment which is

being reflected as self-centeredness and greed, as the root cause of conventional development’s failure to alleviate poverty and inequality, achieve sustainability and deliver happiness to humanity.

Contents: List of Figures * List of Tables * Introduction * PART I: WHAT IS SPIRITUALITY? * PART II: GLOBAL ECONOMIC SYSTEM FROM SPIRITUAL PERSPECTIVE * PART III: DEVELOPMENT WITHOUT SPIRITUALITY * PART IV: TOWARDS A SPIRITUALITY-BASED DEVELOPMENT

May 2014 UK May 2014 US 224pp 3 b/w tables, 3 figures Hardback £58.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 9781137382757 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Ethnographies of Uncertainty in AfricaEdited by Elizabeth Cooper, Simon Fraser University, Canada, David Pratten, Oxford University, UK

This collection explores the productive potential of uncertainty for people living in Africa as well as for scholars of Africa. Eight ethnographic case studies from across the continent examine how uncertainty is used to negotiate insecurity, create and conduct relationships, and act as a source for imagining the future.

Contents: 1. Ethnographies of Uncertainty in Africa: An Introduction; Elizabeth Cooper and David Pratten * PART I: SOCIAL CONTINGENCIES: BETWEEN SUSPICION AND THE SUBJUNCTIVE * 2. Contingency: Interpersonal and Historical Dependencies in HIV Care; Susan Reynolds Whyte and Godfrey Etyang Siu * 3. Charity and Chance: The Manufacture of Uncertainty and Mistrust Through Child Sponsorship in Kenya; Elizabeth Cooper * 4. The Quest for Trust in the Face of Uncertainty. Managing Pregnancy Outcomes in Zanzibar; Nadine Beckmann * 5. Food Security, Conjugal Conflict, and Uncertainty in ‘Bangladesh’, Mombasa, Kenya; Adam Gilbertson * PART II: FUTURE VISIONS * 6. Social Invisibility and Political Opacity. On Perceptiveness and Apprehension in Bissau; Henrik Vigh * 7. Rhythms of Uncertainty and the Pleasures of Anticipation; Julie Soleil Archambault * 8. Embracing Uncertainty. Young People on the Move in Addis Ababa’s Inner City; Marco Di Nunzio * 9. ‘We Wait for Miracles.’ Ideas of Hope and Future Among Clandestine Burundian Refugees in Nairobi; Simon Turner

Anthropology, Change and Development



54

Infrastructure and Poverty in Sub-Saharan Africa

Antonio Estache, ECARES, Université Libre de Bruxelles, Belgium, Quentin Wodon, World Bank, USA

Infrastructure and Poverty in Sub-Saharan Africa analyzes the extent to which, how, and how fast the infrastructure needs of the poor have been met in Sub-Saharan Africa (SSA).

Contents: 1. Introduction * PART I: INFRASTRUCTURE, GROWTH AND THE MDGS * 2. Infrastructure, Growth, and Country Strategies * 3. Infrastructure and the MDGs * 4. Africa’s Infrastructure Investment Needs * PART II: ARE HOUSEHOLD NEEDS BEING MET? * 5. Where Do We Stand on Service Coverage for Households? * 6. How Big of a Problem is Access for the Poor? * 7. Are Infrastructure Services Affordable for all Users? * 8. Are Quality and Production Costs a Problem? * PART III: WHAT DID PAST REFORMS ACHIEVE AND WHAT’S NEXT? * 9. Markets,

Institutions, and Reforms * 10. Reforming Prices and Subsidies in the Interest of the Poor * 11. Towards an African Infrastructure Strategy Meeting the Needs of the Poor

November 2014 UK November 2014 US 224pp 18 b/w tables, 4 b/w tables Hardback £72.00 / $115.00 / CN$133.00 9781137381491 Canadian Rights

Disability and InequalitySocioeconomic Imperatives and Public Policy in Jamaica

Annicia Gayle-Geddes, University of the West Indies, Jamaica

Disability and Inequality explores the lived experiences of persons with disabilities (PWDs) in Jamaica.

Contents: 1.The Globality of Disability, Human Rights and Development * 2. Disability and Socio-Cultural Inequality * 3. Education and Training Inequality * 4. Labor Market Inequality * 5. Public Policy Imperatives

January 2015 UK January 2015 US 256pp 24 illus. Hardback £65.00 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 9781137449252 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Lessons in Sustainable Development from Malaysia and IndonesiaSara Hsu, State University of New York at New Platz, USA, Nathan Perry, Colorado MESA College, USA

Lessons in Sustainable Development from Malaysia and Indonesia seeks to examine a range of topics pertaining to sustainable development in the two countries. This study will draw on a wide range of sources to collect information about development topics ranging from pollution control to income equality.

Contents: I. Environment (Air Quality, Water Quality, Waste, Environmental Management); * II. Energy Conservation and Carbon Reduction (Greenhouse Gas Emission, Energy Usage, Energy Conservation; Carbon Reduction); * III. National Land Resource (Land, Forest, Coasts, Water Resource, Natural Hazards); * IV. Biodiversity (Heredity, Species, Terrestrial Ecosystem, Marine Ecosystem); * V. Production (Material Consumption, Cleaner Production, Agriculture, Fishery, Labor, Macroeconomic Effectiveness, Public Finance); * VI. Livelihood (Water Usage, Transportation, Green Consumption); * VII. Health (Medical Care, Nutrition, Health Risks); * VIII. Science and Technology (R&D, Telecommunications); * IX. Urban and Rural Culture (Cultural Heritage, Community, Urban); * and more

Comparative Studies of Sustainable Development in Asia

December 2014 UK December 2014 US 128pp 10 illus. Hardback £45.00 / $67.50 / CN$78.00 9781137353078 Canadian Rights

The Invention of a European Development Aid BureaucracyRecycling Empire

Veronique Dimier, Institut d’Etudes Européennes, Universite Libre de Bruxelles, Belgium"Recycling Empire offers a fascinating account of the construction of a development bureaucracy within the European Commission. Drawing on archival sources and interviews with key figures in the history of EU development policy, the book a scholarly yet readable history of the evolution of EU development policy." —Michelle Cini, Professor of European Politics, School of Sociology, Politics and International Studies (SPAIS), University of Bristol, UK

A comprehensive analysis of how European development policy was shaped, this book explores the role of former colonial officials in shaping the policy

agenda and explores this example of ‘recycled empire.’ Dimier argues that this post-colonial agenda only changed as a result of pressure from the OECD and World Bank in the 1980s and 1990s.

=Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. ‘Grandeurs et Servitudes Européennes en Afrique’ * 3. Brussels or the last French Colony: French Colonial Administrators’ Leadership in Designing DG8 * 4. ‘Du Bon Usage de la Tournée’: DG8’s Quest for Legitimacy * 5. Flag Dictatorship within the European Commission? The Construction of DG8’s Autonomy * 6. Fachoda Revisited: the Effects of the first EEC Enlargement on DG8 * 7. EEC Development Policy: a Sedimentation of Empire? * 8. In the Name of Efficiency * 9. From Indirect to Direct Rule: Towards Normative Power Europe? * 10. ‘Adieu les Artistes, Here are the Managers’ * 11. EEC Bureaucracy in Action * 12. Conclusion

Palgrave Studies in European Union Politics




Water and Social PolicyManohar Pawar, Charles Sturt University, Australia

Manohar Pawar discusses the relevance and importance of social policy for water issues. By analysing several interrelated perspectives on water, he suggests core values as bases for formulating and implementing social policies so as to provide universal free access to safe drinking water for all, particularly for the most poor and disadvantaged.

Contents: List of Tables and Figures * Acknowledgments * Details of the Author * Glossary * 1. Introduction to water and social policy * 2. Social Policy and Water * 3. Contemporary Perspectives on Water * 4. Bases of Social Policies and Social Action for Water * 5. Conclusion: Social Policy for Universal Free Drinking Water * References

January 2014 UK January 2014 US 96pp 5 charts Hardback £45.00 / $67.50 / CN$78.00 9781137385512 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Sustainable Human DevelopmentA New Territorial and People-Centred Perspective

Mario Biggeri, University of Florence, Italy, Andrea Ferrannini, PIN S.c.r.l., University of Florence, Italy

Integrating Amartya Sen’s approach with the literature on place-based territorial development processes, this book recognises the interplay between the evolution of local development systems and the expansion of individual and collective capabilities.

Contents: Introduction * 1. Sustainable Human Development at the local level * 1.1 Introduction * 1.2 Unexplored synergies between the capability approach and the local development perspective * 1.3 Rationales for a new SHD perspective at the local level * 1.4 Structural elements of SHD at the local level * 1.5 Some clarifications about the new perspective * 1.6 Conclusions * Appendix 1. Levels and trajectories of SHD at the local level * 2. The TEHD (Territorial Evolution for Human Development)

framework * 2.1 Introduction * 2.2 The TEHD framework * 2.3 Exploring the territorial dynamics of SHD processes * 2.4 What is the TEHD framework for? * 2.5 Conclusions * Appendix 2. Alternative Modelin * 3. The role of multilevel governance for SHD at the local level * 3.1 Introduction: a world with no isolated territories * 3.2 The horizontal and vertical articulation of SHD processes * 3.3 An evolutionary analysis of multilevel governance mechanisms for SHD at the local level * 3.4 Multilevel governance mechanisms for SHD: evidence from two Latin American countries * and more


Communicable Diseases in Developing CountriesStopping the global epidemics of HIV/AIDS, Tuberculosis, Malaria and Diarrhea

John Malcolm Dowling, University of Colorado, USA, Chin Fang Yap, Tampines Junior College, Singapore

This book provides an essential study of communicable diseases, by integrating the diagnosis, treatment and cure of communicable diseases in developing countries with the practical aspects of delivery of these services to the public.

Contents: 1. Introduction* 2. HIV AIDS* 3. Tuberculosis* 4. Malaria* 5. Diarrhea and Other Water Borne Disease


Social Justice and Deep ParticipationTheory and Practice for the 21st Century

Paula Donnelly Roark, Writer and Activist

Knowing what deep participation is, and how it works, can make a critical difference in solving 21st century economic, political, and social problems. This book provides a new approach to hands-on change and begins formulation of a participatory social theory promising greater prosperity and justice for all.

Contents: Introduction: Turning Points * PART I: RETHINKING PARTICIPATION AND SOCIAL CHANGE * 1. Background and Overview * 2. Current Participatory Approaches * 3. Rethinking Participation Practice and Theory * PART II: DEEP PARTICIPATION: A NATURAL DYNAMIC OF THE WORLD * 4. New Directions * 5. The Six Elements of Deep Participation * 6. Tracing Deep Participation in West Africa * 7. Tracing Deep Participation in North America * PART III: PARTICIPATORY SOCIAL THEORY IN A FAST CHANGING WORLD * 8. Stalemate or Reinvention? * 9. The Dynamics of Participation * 10. Formulating a Participatory Social Theory * 11. Conclusion: Creating Social Justice

November 2014 UK November 2014 US 256pp 4 b/w tables, 1 figure Hardback £65.00 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 9781137436863 Canadian Rights ebooks available

POVERTY AND HUMAN...

56

Conflict and Entrepreneurship in Development EconomicsWayne Nafziger, Kansas State University, USA

This study provides an exploration of conflict and entrepreneurship in these developing economies. Its emphasis is on socio-economic and politico-economic approaches, focusing particularly on inequality, business development and the sources of conflict.

Contents: 1. The Meaning of Economic Development; Wayne Nafziger * 2. Entrepreneurship and Economic Development; Wayne Nafziger * 3. Entrepreneurial Human Capital and the Long-Run Survival of Firms in India; Wayne Nafziger and Dek Terrell * 4. Innovation among Software Entrepreneurs in India’s Information Technology; Andrew Ojede * 5. Class, Caste, and Community of Indian Industrialists: An Examination of the Horatio Alger Model; Wayne Nafziger * 6. The Sources of Humanitarian Emergencies; Wayne Nafziger and Juha Auvinen * 7. The Political Economy of State Terror; Wayne Nafziger and Emizet Kisangani * 8. Economic Development, Inequality, War, and State Violence; Wayne Nafziger and Juha Auvinen * 9. Bangladesh and Biafra: The Political Economy of Secessionist Conflict; Wayne Nafziger and William L. Richter * 10. The Political Economy of Nigeria’s Relentless Conflict; Wayne Nafziger * 11. Economic Regress and Niger Delta Grievances; Wayne Nafziger * 12. Meiji Japan as a Role Model for Africa’s Economic Development; Wayne Nafziger * 13. Pacifists as Entrepreneurs: Mennonite Capitalists and Max Weber’s Thesis; Wayne Nafziger

December 2014 UK December 2014 US 240pp 1 figure, 11 b/w tables Hardback £70.00 / $115.00 / CN$133.00 9781137339409 Canadian Rights ebooks available

SOCIETY, CULTURE AND DEVELOPMENT

Truth WarsThe Politics of Climate Change, Military Intervention and Financial Crisis

Peter Lee, RAF College Cranwell, University of Portsmouth, UK"Focusing on the three great global political crises of our time – military intervention, the financial meltdown, and the actual ‘meltdown’ threatened by climate change – the author provides a probing and deeply unsettling assessment of the manner in which competing and often illusory truth-claims are fashioned by political leaders, governments, international institutions and demagogues solely in order to re-shape the world in their image, and to gain control over the lives of others. Our fundamental assumptions about what Truth is, or what it means, are put to test in this eloquent, articulate, and provocative work."—George R. Lucas Jr., U.S. Naval

Postgraduate School, USA

We live in an age of crises that are global in scale and potentially apocalyptic in severity, affecting the lives of millions – billions – of people. Peter Lee examines the struggle for truth at the heart of these crises to show how political leaders attempt to shape individual behavior, attitudes and identity.

Contents: Introduction * PART I: POLITICS, TRUTH AND CLIMATE CHANGE * 1. Climate, Science and Truth * 2. Politics and Climate Truth * 3. One world, two visions * PART II: POLITICS, TRUTH AND MILITARY INTERVENTION * 4. Tyranny, Freedom, Democracy * 5. Gendering Military Intervention * 6. Drone Wars * PART III: POLITICS, TRUTH AND THE GLOBAL FINANCIAL CRISIS * 7.It’s All Your Fault * 8. Governing Greed * 9. Who Mentioned the War? * 10. Epilogue

November 2014 UK November 2014 US 240pp Hardback £65.00 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 9781137298478 Paperback £19.99 / $30.00 / CN$34.50 9781137298485 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Keeping Cool in Southeast AsiaEnergy Consumption and Urban Air-Conditioning

Marlyne Sahakian, University of Lausanne, France"Keeping Cool in Southeast Asia represents a tour de force of interdisciplinary applied research. Dr Sahakian investigates energy use practices in the rising nations of Southeast Asia and uncovers startling insights and necessary proposals for tackling the conundrum of providing “comfort” for all in the age of climate change."—Julia Steinberger, University of Leeds, UK

Against the backdrop of the environmental impact of household electricity consumption and the history of cooling practices, Marlyne Sahakian considers how people keep cool, from Metro Manila to other mega-cities in Southeast Asia.

Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. Energy Consumption and Cooling in Southeast Asia * 3. Cooling Histories, Habits and Variations * 4. Cooling our Colliding Practices * 5. When ‘West is Best’ for Housing * 6. Opportunities for Change through Social Learning * 7. Conclusion: ‘The Future is Already Here’

Energy, Climate and the Environment

April 2014 UK April 2014 US 264pp 3 b/w tables, 17 b/w line drawings, 12 b/w photos Hardback £65.00 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 9781137308825 Canadian Rights ebooks available




Follow us on


and competitions




Inequality, Poverty, EducationA Political Economy of School Exclusion

Francesca Ashurst, Cardiff University, UK, Couze Venn, Goldsmiths, University of London, UK

Inequality, Poverty, Education challenges the practice of exclusion by uncovering its roots in 19th century social and educational policy targeting poor children. Revealing a hidden history of exclusion, this analysis exposes the connections between the state, the education system and social policy, and opens a space for radical alternatives.

Contents: 1. Introduction: Elements for a Political Economy of Exclusion * 2. Pauperism, Delinquency, and Learning to Labour * 3. Labour, Poverty and the Export of Destitute Children as ‘Waste’ * 4. Security, Population and the New Management of the Poor * 5. Disciplining and Punishment: the New Exclusionary Regime

Emerges * 6. Ragged Schools, Child-Centred Education and the Struggle for Egalitarian Politics * 7. Mettray: Normalisation or Rescue? * 8. The Institutionalisation of Exclusion within Education * 9. ‘No More Excuses’ Neoliberalism and the New Exclusion

February 2014 UK February 2014 US 208pp Hardback £58.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 9781137347008 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Re-Imagined Universities and Global Citizen ProfessionalsInternational Education, Cosmopolitan Pedagogies and Global Friendships

Shanti George, independent researcher, based in The Hague

Universities are increasingly criticised for their limited relevance to a globalized and unequal world. Drawing on research from over 27 countries, this book outlines new directions for universities and the need to rethink the education that they provide based on the experiences of schools of international development studies.

Contents: 1. The Politics of the Intellect in the Globalized World * 2. The Politics of the Intellect in Developing Countries * 3. Citizen Professionals and Cosmopolitan Identities * 4. Cosmopolitan Pedagogies for Global Citizen Professionals * 5. Global Friendships – Hegemonic or Transformative? (I) * 6. Global Friendships – Hegemonic or Transformative? (II) * 7. The Politics of the

Imagination in our Globalized World

Frontiers of Globalization

March 2014 UK March 2014 US 304pp Hardback £70.00 / $105.00 9781137358943 ebooks available

Southeast Asian Muslims in the Era of GlobalizationEdited by Ken Miichi, Iwate Prefectural University, Japan, Omar Farouk, Hiroshima City University, Japan, Naohiro Kitano, JICA-RI

This volume investigates the appropriate position of Islam and opposing perceptions of Muslims in Southeast Asia. The contributors examine how Southeast Asian Muslims respond to globalization in their particular regional, national and local settings, and suggest global solutions for key local issues.

Contents: Introduction; Ken Miichi and Omar Farouk * 1. Globalization of Islamic Education in Southeast Asia; Ahmad Fauzi and Abdul Hamid * 2. Muslim Travellers in a Time of Globalization: Studying Islam in Cairo among the Maranaos in the Philippines; Yoriko Tatsumi * 3. Indonesian Muslim responses to globalization; Martin van Bruinessen * 4. The Ulama Network as Conveyor of Islamic World Trends: Connecting Malaysian Politics to the Muslim Ummah through the Islamic Party of Malaysia (PAS); Yuki Shiozaki * 5. Globalization: Issues, Challenges, and Responses Amongst the Moros of the Southern Philippines; Carmen Abu Bakar * 6. Democratization and ‘Failure’ of Islamic Parties in Indonesia; Ken Miichi * 7. Globalization and Its Impact on the Muslim Minority in Cambodia; Omar Farouk * 8. The Peace Process in Mindanao and its Global Dimension; Datu Michael O. Mastura and Ishak V. Mastura * 9. ‘Red Mosques’: Mitigating Violence Against Sacred Spaces in Thailand and Beyond; Chaiwat Satha-Anand * Conclusion; Ken Miichi and Omar Farouk * 10.Exploring gaps across religions in Southeast Asia; Satoru Mikami

November 2014 UK November 2014 US 240pp 4 tables Hardback £65.00 / $100.00 / CN$127.00 9781137436801 Canadian Rights ebooks available

International Educational Development and Learning through Sustainable PartnershipsLiving Global Citizenship

Steven Coombs, University of the South Pacific, Fiji, Mark Potts, Educational Consultant, UK, Jack Whitehead, University of Cumbria, UK

Addressing the debate around what makes a good citizen, this work proposes a new form of post-colonial citizenship education which can be applied in any cultural setting. International educational partnerships provide the opportunity for participants to live out values such as cultural empathy and thus demonstrate their right to citizenship.

Contents: 1. Transforming International Educational Development Through Living Global Citizenship * 2. Pedagogy for Effective Citizenship Education * 3. Living Theory Transformed into Living Global Citizenship * 4. Living Legacies: Living Global

Citizenship in Action * 5. Designing a Living Global Citizenship Project * 6. Propositions for Living Global Citizenship Projects * 7. Living Global Citizenship: Lessons for Humanity



58

Rural Cooperation in EuropeIn Search of the ‘Relational Rurals’

Edited by Edward Kasabov, University of Exeter, UK

This collection analyses various European rural locations through a relational lens, attending to key aspects and dimensions of the ‘relational rurals’ such as cooperation, contestation, solidarity and consensus. By observing rural settings in such terms, contributors are able to rethink European rurality from a distinctly relational perspective.

Contents: Introduction: Exploring the Rural through a Relational Lens; Edward Kasabov * 1. The Character of Rural Business Relations; Robert Newberry and Gary Bosworth * 2. Institutional Cooperation and Service Delivery in Rural Ireland; Mary O’Shaughnessy and Patrick Enright * 3. Cross-Community Cooperation in Post-Socialist Hungarian Rural Space; Eva Fekete * 4. Class Conflict and Social Change in the British Countryside, 1990-2013: Urban Values Rural Issues; Sue Bestwick * 5. Performing the Rural through Game-Angling; Tom Mordue * 6. Reviewing and Renewing Class: The Prospects for a 21st Century Rural Class Analysis; Jesse Heley * 7. Governing Sustainable Tourism: European Networked Rural Villages; Frank Go, Maria Della Lucia, Mariapina Trunfio and Umberto Martini * 8. Rural Development Policy in the Framework of the Knowledge-Based Economy: Selective Impacts and Solutions in the Case of the Czech Republic; Martin Pelucha, Eva Cudlinova and Miloslav Lapka * 9. Processes of Cooperation in Rural Areas: Obstacles, Driving Forces and Options for Encouragement; Kim Pollerman * 10. Toward a Post-Structuralist and Cultural Turn in Researching Rurality in Poland: A Geographical Perspective; Konrad Czapiewski and Marcin Wójcik * 11. Re-Thinking Rural Conflict and Cooperation Difficulties; Alex Warlow and Edward Kasabov * Conclusion; Edward Kasabov


Leveraging Legacies from Sports Mega-EventsConcepts and Cases

Edited by Jonathan Grix, University of Birmingham, UK"International sports mega-events and their legacies are much debated features of contemporary culture. In this text many of the main writers in the field provide valuable new and accessible studies of this phenomenon. This book deserves to be widely read."—Maurice C. Roche, Emeritus Professor of Sociology, University of Sheffield, UK

This volume offers a panoramic and interdisciplinary view of the growing field of Sports Mega-Event studies. Contributions explore leveraging strategies and the legacies from previous sports megas (London, Seoul, Sydney, Vancouver) and recent and future ‘emerging’ states and their hosting strategies (India, China, Qatar,

Russia, Brazil).

Contents: PART I: CONCEPTUAL ISSUES * 1. From Legacy to Leverage; Laurence Chalip * 2. Megas for Strivers: the Politics of Second Order Events; David Black * 3. ‘Legacy’ Revisited; Holger Preuss * 4. Sports Mega-Events and Mass Participation in Sport; Mike Weed * 5. Neo-Liberalism and Sports Mega-Events; Michael Silk * PART II: PREVIOUS SPORTS MEGA-EVENT STRATEGIES * 6. Sydney 2000 and Melbourne 2006: A Tale of Two Australian Cities; Bob Stewart * 7. ‘Leaving Las Magas’, or Can Sustainability ever be Social? Vancouver 2010 in Post-Political Perspective; Caitlin Pentifallo and Robert Van Wynsberghe * 8. Seoul 1998; Alan Bairner and Ji-Hyun Cho * 9. The Legacy of the 2002 Shanghai Tennis Masters Cup; Dongfeng Liu * 10. London 2012; John Horne and Barrie Houlihan * PART III: ‘EMERGING STATES’ AND SPORTS MEGA-EVENTS * 11. Magical Thought and the Legacy Discourse of the 2008 Beijing Games; Wolfram Manzenreiter * and more

April 2014 UK April 2014 US 206pp 8 b/w tables, 8 figures Hardback £45.00 / $67.50 / CN$78.00 9781137371171 Canadian Rights ebooks available

African Football, Identity Politics and Global Media NarrativesThe Legacy of the FIFA 2010 World Cup

Edited by Tendai Chari, University of Venda, South Africa, Nhamo A. Mhiripiri, Midlands State University, Zimbabwe

This edited volume addresses key debates around African football, identity construction, fan cultures, and both African and global media narratives. Using the 2010 FIFA World Cup in South Africa as a lens, it explores how football in Africa is intimately bound up with deeper social, cultural and political currents.

Contents: Introduction: Towards an Epistemology of African Football - the Symbolic Significance of 2010 FIFA World Cup; Nhamo A. Mhiripiri and Tendai Chari * 1. Nation-Building and the FIFA World Cup, South Africa 2010; Nathalie Hyde-Clarke, Rune Ottosen and Toby Miller * 2. To the Cape and Back: A World Cup

Diary - Football Tourism, Narratives of South Africa and the FIFA 2010 World Cup; Luke Jones * 3. The 2010 World Cup Celebrations in a Non-Hosting Location: Voices from the Periphery; Kiran Odhav * 4. South African FIFA World Cup 2010: African Players Global Labor Distribution and Impact on the Domestic Game; Njororai Wycliffe * 5. New-Found Fan Culture; Emma Durden * 6. Zimbabwean Female Audiences: Negotiating (En)Gendered Spaces in the 2010 FIFA World Cup; Rosemary Chikafa * 7. Noisemaker or Cultural Symbol: The Vuvuzela Controversy and Expressions of Football Fandom; Jeffrey W Kassing * 8. Nigeria: Media Narratives and Reports of Football from Within; Chuka Onwumechili * and more



Identity and Nation in African FootballFans, Community and Clubs

Edited by Chuka Onwumechili, Howard University, USA, Gerard Akindes, Ohio University, USA

The 2010 South African World Cup launched African football onto the global stage. This volume brings together top scholars on African football to explore a range of issues such as gender, identity, nationalism, history, cyber-fandom, the media and fan radicalization.

Contents: Africa, Fandom and Shifting Identities: An Introduction to Football and Identity; Chuka Onwumechili and Gerard Akindes * 1. Blurring Touchlines of Empire: Diasporic Identities of Arthur Wharton and Walter Tull; Phillip Janzen * 2. It’s All About the Beautiful Game of Football, or is it? On Television and Football in North Africa; Ali Ziyati and Gerard Akindes * 3. Rooted in History: Politics, Identity and Ultras in North African Soccer; James M. Dorsey * 4. History and Identity of East African Football within

the African Context; Wycliffe Njororai * 5. Performing Luo Identity in Kenya: Songs of Gor Mahia; Solomon Waliaula and Joseph Basil Okong’o * 6. A Centennial Rivalry, Ahly v Zamalek: Identity and Society in Modern Egypt; Michel Raspaud and Monia Lachheb * 7. Nigeria: Rangers, Igbo Identity and the Imagination of War; Chuka Onwumechili * 8. Reinforcing Divisions and Blurring Boundaries in Johannesburg Football Fandom; Marc Fletcher *and more


April 2014 UK April 2014 US 288pp 4 b/w tables Hardback £65.00 / $105.00 / CN$115.00 9781137355805 Canadian Rights ebooks available



Children and Young People’s Participation and Its Transformative PotentialLearning from across Countries

Edited by E. Kay M. Tisdall, University of Edinburgh, UK, Andressa M. Gadda, University of Strathclyde, UK, Udi Mandel Butler, The International Center for Research and Policy on Childhood, Brazil

Bringing together theories, ideas, insights and experiences of practitioners and researchers from Brazil, India, South Africa and the UK, this book explores children and young people’s involvement in public action. The contributors consider the potential of children and young people’s participation to be transformative.

Contents: 1. Introduction: Children and Young People’s Participation in Collective Decision-Making; E. Kay M. Tisdall, Rachel Hinton, Andressa M. Gadda and Udi M. Butler * 2.

Reflections on Participation and its Link with Transformative Processes; Kelly Teamy and Rachel Hinton * 3. De-Colonising the Notion of Participation of Children and Young People; Savyasaachi and Udi M. Butler * 4. Children and Young People’s Participation in Public Action in Brazil: Genealogies and Recent Innovations; Udi M. Butler and Marcelo Princeswal * 5. Brazil’s Landless Movement and Children and Young People’s Participation; Udi M. Butler and Marcelo Princeswal * 6. Children and Young People’s Participation in India: Framing Law, Policy and the Media; S. Saeed * 7. Transformative Participation: Experiences of a Children’s Sangam in Tamil Nadu, South India; C. Le Borgne * 8. Unsettling Notions of Participation: A View from South Africa; Shirley Pendlebury, Patricia Henderson, and Lucy Jamieson * and more

Studies in Childhood and Youth

September 2014 UK September 2014 US 256pp 12 figures, 3 b/w tables Hardback £65.00 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 9780230348677 Canadian Rights ebooks available

José Martí, Ernesto “Che” Guevara, and Global Development EthicsThe Battle for Ideas

Susan E. Babbitt, Queen’s University, Canada"The ‘battle for ideas’ has marked Susan Babbitt’s work for decades. In this book, Babbitt challenges received views of Cuba and of philosophy. She demands that readers imagine new ways of living well together. In service of this vision, Babbitt presents the richness of philosophical ideas in the largely ignored works of José Martí and Ernesto ‘Che’ Guevara and then puts these ideas to work in a powerful critique of standard liberal assumptions about what it means to flourish as a human being. The book is a must read for philosophers, political theorists, and development ethicists who would like to challenge or expand their conceptions of Cuba."—Christine Koggel, Carleton University, Canada

This book argues that the overlooked ideas of José Martí and Ernesto ‘Che’ Guevara explain recent politics in Latin America and the Caribbean but also, even more significantly, offer a defensible alternative direction for global development ethics.

Contents: 1. No Place at the Table: A Challenge for Freedom * 2. Cuban Internationalism and Martí’s ‘Trenches of Ideas’ * 3. Alienation and Authenticity * 4. Revolutionary Love in Martí and Guevara * 5. The Battle for Ideas and Global Development


Security, Clans and TribesUnstable Clans in Somaliland, Yemen and the Gulf of Aden

Alexandra Lewis, University of Leeds, UK

Offering an introduction to clanism and tribalism in the Gulf of Aden area, Dr Lewis uses these concepts to analyse security in Yemen, Somalia, Somaliland and the broader region. This historical overview of conflict in each country, and the resulting threats of piracy and terrorism, will benefit both the casual reader and student of development.


Transnational Corporations from the Standpoint of Workers

Nora Räthzel, Umeå University, Sweden, Diana Mulinari, Lund University, Sweden, Aina Tollefsen, Umeå University, Sweden

This book explores the history and global expansion of AB Volvo, one of the hundred largest corporations in the world, through the experiences of its workers in Sweden, Mexico, South Africa, and India. It investigates how neo-liberalisation has transformed the company into a promoter of lean production, at the expense of the workers’ needs.

Contents: PART I: THEORIES AND HISTORIES OF LABOUR * 1. In Search of Labour in Labour Studies * 2. Production Processes in a Globalising World * 3. Qualitative Methods: What We Did and How We Did It * PART II: ENTERING THE FACTORY GATES *

4. Locating Volvo: Four Plants, Four Places, Four Histories * 5. Regimes of representation: Trade Unions in Sweden and Mexico * PART III: SUBJECTIVITIES AT WORK * 6. Men’s Jobs – Women’s Work: Women as Industrial Workers * 7. Three Gender Regimes – Gender Relations at Work * 8. Constructing the Volvo Family. The West and the Rest * 9. Production Regimes - Producer’s Pride * 10. Women’s Pride as Producers * 11. The Wage Labourer’s Discontent * Epilogue



60

Making Markets More InclusiveLessons from CARE and the Future of Sustainability in Agricultural Value Chain Development

Kevin McKague, Ross School of Business, University of Michigan, USA, Muhammad Siddiquee, CARE Bangladesh"This is a rare book that makes the local relevant for the global by drawing out lessons from CARE’s project work in Bangladesh’s dairy industry. The result is highly relevant for other countries, sectors, and aid agencies. McKague and Siddiquee achieve this through a flexible, pragmatic, and ultimately satisfying application of value chain tools, from the presentation of simple sector selection and mapping methods to drawing out key insights from global value chain governance theory. The eyes are always on the prize: achieving poverty alleviation and environmental sustainability by ‘intervening to enhance women’s-

decision making power and control over assets or otherwise change women’s roles and relationships in the value chain’. There’s much to be commended in this book!"—Timothy J. Sturgeon, Author, The Governance of Global Value Chains; Senior Research Affiliate, Industrial Performance Center, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, USA

Making Markets More Inclusive bridges the management literature with work on agricultural value chains in developing and emerging economies.

Contents: PART I: MAKING VALUE CHAINS MORE INCLUSIVE * 1. Strengthening the Dairy Value Chain in Bangladesh * 2. Value Chain Development * 3. Value Chain Selection and Mapping * 4. Value Chain Intervention Strategies * PART II: FIVE KEY OBJECTIVES OF VALUE CHAIN DEVELOPMENT * 5. Productivity and Producer Groups * 6. Increasing Access to Inputs * 7. Increasing Access to Markets * 8. Strengthening Value Chain Relationships * 9. Improving the Enabling Environment * PART III: CROSS-CUTTING THEMES * 10. Gender * 11. Lead Firms * 12. Microfranchising * 13. Monitoring, Evaluation and Learning * 14. Scale * PART IV: THE FUTURE OF VALUE CHAIN DEVELOPMENT * 15. Moving Forward * Appendix: Quantitative and Qualitative Data Sources and Analysis

July 2014 UK July 2014 US 272pp 27 b/w illustrations, 5 b/w tables, 18 figures, 14 illustrations Hardback £41.00 / $65.00 / CN$75.00 9781137382917 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Recognition and the MediaRousiley Maia, Department of Social Communication, Federal University of Minas Gerais, Brazil

This collection examines Axel Honneth’s theory of recognition and the crucial role played by the media in struggles for recognition. It brings together debates on controversial aspects of Honneth’s work and a set of intriguing empirical studies including with slum-dwelling adolescents, leprosy patients and women exposed to child labor exploitation.

Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. Axel Honneth’s Theory of Recognition as a Research Program * PART I: MASS MEDIA: A SITE OF STRUGGLE * 3. Mass Media Representation, Identity-Building and Social Conflicts: Towards a Recognition-Theoretical Approach * 4. The Morality of Recognition: Adolescent Slum-Dwellers Discuss a TV Series Representation of their Lives * 5. Recognition and Ideology: Assessing Justice and Injustice in the Case of Child Domestic Labor * PART II: STRUGGLE THROUGH SOCIAL NETWORK SITES * 6. Struggles for Recognition in a Digital Era * 7. Recognition, Feelings of Injustice and Claim Justification: Deaf People’s Storytelling on the Internet * 8. Recognition as an Ongoing Struggle: Conflicts Involving Racism and Homophobia in the Networked Media Environment * PART III: STRUGGLE, MEDIA AND THE DYNAMICS OF CULTURAL CHANGE * 9. Media, Cultural Change and the Dynamics of Recognition * 10. Recognition without Struggles: Leprosy in Brazilian Daily Newspapers * 11. Recognition and Moral Progress: Discourses on Disability in the Media * 12. Conclusion


Development Education in Policy and PracticeEdited by Stephen McCloskey, Centre for Global Education, UK"With a radical pedagogy rooted in the global South which has increasing traction in education systems in the global North, development education has long deserved a comprehensive treatment that assesses the full breadth of its practice. This overdue collection is therefore most welcome and makes a passionate and persuasive case for more global learning in formal and informal education... It is an essential guide to education practitioners committed to bringing transformative agendas to their teaching and learning"—Denis O’Hearn, Professor of Sociology, Binghamton University, New York

Development education is a radical form of learning that addresses the structural causes of poverty and injustice in the global North and South. This volume debates development education practice and the policy environment in which it is delivered. It affirmatively points to the transformative power of education as a means toward social change.

Contents: Foreword: Global Learning in Europe: Looking Back and Moving Forward’; Helmuth Hartmeyer * 1. Introduction: Transformative Learning in the Age of Neo-liberalism; Stephen McCloskey * PART I: SOFT VERSUS CRITICAL DEVELOPMENT EDUCATION * PART II: DEVELOPMENT EDUCATION SECTORS * PART III: DEVELOPMENT EDUCATION & SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT * Part IV: NEW DEVELOPMENT PARADIGMS: LESSONS FOR DEVELOPMENT EDUCATION * PART V: DEVELOPMENT EDUCATION’S SHIFTING POLICY LANDSCAPE

April 2014 UK April 2014 US 336pp 3 b/w tables, 5 b/w line drawings Hardback £62.50 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 9781137324658 Canadian Rights ebooks available

The Transnationally Partnered UniversityInsights from Research and Sustainable Development Collaborations in Africa

Peter H. Koehn, University of Montana, USA, Milton O. Obamba, Leeds Metropolitan University, UK

Analyzing the growing importance of the transnational higher education landscape and the role of African universities, Koehn and Obamba show how transnational partnerships among universities can inform policy, strengthen synergies between knowledge producers and knowledge users, and advance sustainable-development practice.

Contents: 1. Higher Education and Development: Knowledge as Igniter * 2. The Landscape of Research & Development THEP Opportunities * 3. Asymmetry and Symmetry in Transnational Higher-education Partnerships * 4. Initiating and Constructing the Transnational Higher-education Partnership * 5. Managing

the Transnational Higher-education Partnership: What Does Not Work and What Works * 6. Symmetrical Capacity-building Challenges for THEPs * 7. Partnership-Sustainability Challenges * 8. Symmetrical THEP Evaluation Challenges * 9. Evidence from Africa * 10. Conclusion: Promoting Synergy Through Symmetry

International and Development Education

December 2014 UK December 2014 US 288pp 10 colour tables Hardback £62.50 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 9781137481740 Canadian Rights ebooks available



Leadership for Social Justice in Higher EducationThe Legacy of the Ford Foundation International Fellowships Program

Edited by Terance W. Bigalke, East-West Center, USA, Mary S. Zurbuchen, Ford Foundation International Fellowships Program, USA "The International Fellowships Program had a bold vision: to advance social justice around the world by investing in higher education for future leaders. By selecting for social commitment rather than mere academic excellence, it opened up new possibilities for individuals to make a difference in their communities. The essays in this volume are written by practitioners who worked out this vision. Their stories show how institutional choices can make a difference in advancing social justice for all."— Keith Clemenger, Vice President, GreenPoint Group

This book provides a wealth of comparative information on social justice in higher education worldwide by examining how the Ford Foundation International Fellowships Program, the world’s largest private fellowship program in higher education, has succeeded in fostering social justice leadership over the past ten years.

Contents: Introduction; Mary S. Zurbuchen * PART I: INTERNATIONAL FELLOWSHIPS PROGRAM IN COMPARATIVE PERSPECTIVE * PART II: RESTRUCTURING HIGHER EDUCATION SYSTEMS FOR INCLUSION * PART III: DIVERSITY AND ENRICHMENT OF THE LEARNING ENVIRONMENT * PART IV: IFP, SOCIAL JUSTICE PERSPECTIVES, AND INSTITUTIONAL EXPERIENCES

International and Development Education

July 2014 UK July 2014 US 264pp 3 maps, 2 colour tables, 7 graphs, 3 b/w tables Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 9781137366498 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Inhabiting ‘Childhood’: Children, Labour and Schooling in Postcolonial India

Sarada Balagopalan, Centre for the Study of Developing Societies, India

Through a rich ethnography of street and working children in Calcutta, India, this book offers the first sustained enquiry into postcolonial childhoods, arguing that the lingering effects of colonialism are central to comprehending why these children struggle to inhabit the transition from labour to schooling.

Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. Re-Forming Lives: The Child on the Street and the ‘Street Child’ * 3. Sedimenting Labour Through Schooling: Colonial State, Native Elite and Working Children in Early Twentieth Century India * 4. Memories of Tomorrow: On Children, Labour and Postcolonial ‘Development’ * 5. The Politics of Failure: Children’s Rights and the ‘Call of the Other’ * 6. ‘A Magic

Wand’: Reading the Promise of the ‘Right to Education’ against the Lives of Working Children * 7. Conclusion: Growing Up, Moving On...

April 2014 UK April 2014 US 256pp 6 b/w photos Hardback £65.00 / $105.00 / CN$115.00 9780230296428 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Learning and Education in Developing CountriesResearch and Policy for the Post-2015 UN Development Goals

Edited by Daniel A. Wagner, Graduate School of Education, University of Pennsylvania, USA

This comprehensive and up-to-date review of learning and educational quality in developing countries, written by 16 highly knowledgeable specialists from around the world, provides policymakers and researchers accessible perspectives with the Millennium Development Goals in mind.

Contents: 1. Learning First: An Introduction; Daniel A. Wagner * 2. Literacy and Numeracy Skills Among Children in Developing Countries; Jessica Ball, Scott G. Paris, and Rangachar Govinda * 3. Information and Communications Technologies for Improving Students’ Learning Opportunities and Outcomes in Developing Countries; J. Enrique Hinostroza, Shafika Isaacs, and Mohammed

Bougroum * 4. Fragile and Conflict-Affected Situations; Mary Joy Pigozzi, Bidemi Carrol, Jacqueline Hayden, and Susy Ndaruhutse * 5. Non-formal Education and Learning; Pia Rebello Britto, Moses Oketch, and Thomas S. Weisner * 6. Assessment of and for Learning; Yusuf Sayed, Anil Kanjee, and Nirmala Rao * 7. Towards a Learning Research Agenda; Daniel A. Wagner

August 2014 UK August 2014 US 144pp 8 tables Hardback £45.00 / $67.50 / CN$78.00 9781137455963 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Children, Social Class, and EducationShifting Identities in Fiji

Karen J. Brison, Union College, USA

Class-based self-perception is a rising issue worldwide. Through observation in kindergartens in Fiji, Brison examines how schools instil these ideas in Suva children. Teachers have different goals depending on the social background of the families while students create friendships through shared experience of toys, gender roles, and mass media.

Contents: 1. Introduction: Social Class and Mass Preschool Education in Fiji * 2. Kindergartens and Culture in Fiji * 3. Nurturing Multicultural Pluralism * 4. Producing a New Middle Class * 5. Becoming Very Good School Children * 6. Gender, Race, and Social Class: Shifting Social Categories * 7. Hierarchy and Friendship * Epilogue

Culture, Mind and Society

November 2014 UK November 2014 US 208pp 15 b/w illustrations Hardback £55.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 9781137472267 Canadian Rights ebooks available


62

The Arts of Citizenship in African CitiesInfrastructures and Splaces of Belonging

Edited by Mamadou Diouf, Columbia University’s Institute for African Studies, USA, Rosalind Fredericks, New York University, USA

The Arts of Citizenship in African Cities pushes the frontiers of how we understand cities and citizenship and offers new perspectives on African urbanism. Nuanced ethnographic analyses of life in an array of African cities illuminate the emergent infrastructures and spaces of belonging through which urban lives and politics are being forged.

Contents: Introduction; Rosalind Fredericks and Mamadou Diouf * 1. Too Many Things to Do: Social Dimensions of City Making in Africa; AbdouMaliq Simone * 2. The Funeral in the Village: An Ultimate Test for African Urbanites? Shifting Imaginations of Belonging, Mobility and Community; Peter Geschiere * 3. Citizenship and Civility in Peri-Urban Mozambique; Juan Obarrio * 4. Dealing with the Prince over Lagos’: Pentecostal Arts of Citizenship; Ruth Marshall * 5. The Road to Redemption: Performing Pentecostal Citizenship in Lagos; Adedamola Osinulu * 6. The Old Man is Dead’: Hip Hop and the Arts of Citizenship of Senegalese Youth; Rosalind Fredericks * 7. Beautifying Brazzaville: Arts of Citizenship in the Congo; Rémy Bazenguissa-Ganga * 8. Representing an African City and Urban Elite: The Nightclubs, Dance Halls, and Red Light District of Interwar Accra; Jinny Prais * 9. Seeing Dirt in Dar es Salaam: Sanitation, Waste and Citizenship in the Post-Colonial City; Emily Brownell * 10. ‘Ambivalent Cosmopolitans’? Senegalese and Malian Migrants in Johannesburg; Christine Ludl * 11. Walls and White Elephants: Oil, Infrastructure, and the Materiality of Citizenship in Urban Equatorial Guinea; Hannah Appel * 12. Nigerian Modernity and the City: Lagos 1960 – 1980; Giles Omezi

Africa Connects


Politics in PrivateLove and Convictions in the French Political Consciousness

Anne Muxel, Sciences Po, France, Chantal Barry, Sciences Po, France

This book investigates the relationships between political allegiance and private relationships, and in doing so offers a fascinating insight into the way the French think about this subject.

Contents: Table of Contents 1. Introduction * 2. Seeing Politics Through the Prism of Intimacy * PART I: LOVE AND POLITICS * 3. Politics at Home * 4. Agreeing, Disagreeing * PART II: FIGURES OF AGREEMENT * 5. The Ideal of Osmosis * 6. Categorical Imperative * 7. Political Eros * 8. Undue Influence * 9. Golden Silence * PART III: FIGURES OF DISAGREEMENT * 10. The Chili Pepper * 11. The Scene *12. Breaking Up * 13. Democratic Intimacy * 14. Malaise * 15. Taboo * PART IV: POLITICS AND PERSONAL RELATIONSHIPS * 16. Scene 1: Parents * 17. Children

and the Desire for Transmission * 18. Siblings: Between Twinning and Rivalry * 19. The Need for Recognition within the Couple * 20. Affinity in Friendship * 21. Conclusion * 22. Agreement: a Prerequisite for Love? * 23. Harmony: an Expectation Proper to our Democratic Societies * 25. How Far can Disagreement Go? * 26. Difference at the Heart of Love, Conflict at the Heart of Democracy * 27. Main Characteristics of Survey Respondents * Bibliography * List of Tables and Figures * Conclusion – Table 1

Europe in Transition - The NYU European Studies Series

June 2014 UK June 2014 US 236pp Hardback £62.50 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 9781137395580 Canadian Rights ebooks available

On the Uses and Abuses of Political ApologiesEdited by Mihaela Mihai, Department of Politics, University of York, UK, Mathias Thaler, Department of Politics and International Relations, University of Edinburgh, UK"These concise and vibrant essays, threaded throughout with concrete and timely examples, break through commonplaces to new insight and theory. This book is essential for those concerned with the practice or the theory of apology in the political realm and with the role of apology in societies dealing with the past."—Margaret Urban Walker, Donald J. Schuenke Chair in Philosophy, Marquette University, USA

Examining the complex nature of state apologies for past injustices, this probes the various functions they fulfil within contemporary democracies. Cutting-edge theoretical and empirical research and insightful philosophical analyses are supplemented by real-life case studies, providing a normative and balanced account of states saying ‘sorry’.

Contents: 1. Introduction; Mihaela Mihai and Mathias Thaler * PART I: THEORETICAL FOUNDATIONS * 2. Beyond the Ideal Political Apology; Alice MacLachlan * 3. Political Apologies and Categorical Apologies; Nick Smith * PART II: RITES AND RITUALS OF REGRET * 4. From Mea Culpa to Nostra Culpa: A Reparative Apology from the Catholic Church?; Danielle Celemajer * 5. The Power of Ritual Ceremonies in State Apologies: An Empirical Analysis of the Bilateral Polish-Russian Commemoration Ceremony in Katyn in 2010; Michel-André Horelt * 6. Confessing the Holocaust: The Evolution of German Guilt; Stefan Engert * PART III CHALLENGING CASES * 7. Revisiting the ‘Membership Theory of Apologies’: Apology Politics in Australia and Canada; Melissa Nobles * and more

Rhetoric, Politics and Society

July 2014 UK July 2014 US 264pp 1 illustration Hardback £65.00 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 9781137343710 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Planning and the Case Study Method in AfricaThe Planner in Dirty Shoes

Edited by James Duminy, University of Cape Town, South Africa, Jørgen Andreasen, The Royal Danish Academy of Fine Arts, Denmark, Fred Lerise, Ardhi University, Tanzania, Nancy Odendaal, Unviersity of Cape Town, South Africa, Vanessa Watson, University of Cape Town, South Africa

This book addresses the relevance of the case study research methodology for enhancing urban planning research and education in Africa and the global South. It provides an introduction to the case study methodology and features examples of its application to planning research and education on the continent.

Contents: Introduction; James Duminy, Vanessa Watson and Nancy Odendaal * PART I: THE CASE STUDY METHOD IN AFRICA

* 1. Methodological Dimensions; James Duminy, Nancy Odendaal and Vanessa Watson * 2. Strategies of Case Research on African Urbanization and Planning; James Duminy * PART II: CASE STUDIES AS A RESEARCH METHOD * 3. Anloga Woodworkers in Kumasi, Ghana: The Long Road to ‘Formality’; Daniel Inkoom * 4. Bicycle Taxis (Sacramentos) in Mzuzu City: A Business Venture Misunderstood; Mtafu Manda * 5. Relocation and Defiance in the Dhamidja-Azikiwe Informal Shopping Belt in Enugu, Nigeria: Actions Still Speak Louder than Words; Victor Onyebueke and Christopher Anierobi * 6. Participatory Planning: A Case Study of a Solid Waste Management Improvement Project in Enugu, Nigeria; Joy Ogbazi and Nkeiru Ezeadichie *and more

October 2014 UK October 2014 US 296pp 5 b/w tables, 9 colour illustrations, 5 figures, 1 map Hardback £65.00 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 9781137307941 Canadian Rights ebooks available



Burqas, Baseball, and Apple PieBeing Muslim in America

Ranya Tabari Idliby, writer, USA "A bold, intimate, welcome examination of reconciling one's faith in America."—Kirkus

In this moving memoir, Idliby discusses how she came to terms with what it means to be Muslim today. This is the story of one Muslim family - the story of how, through their lives, their schools, their friends and neighbors, they end up living the challenges, the myths, fears, hopes, and dreams of all Americans.

February 2014 UK January 2014 US 256pp 8-page insert Hardback £16.99 / $27.00 / CN$31.00 9780230341845 Canadian Rights ebooks available

An Integrated Systems Model for Preventing Child Sexual AbusePerspectives from Latin America and the Caribbean

Adele D. Jones, University of Huddersfield, UK, Ena Trotman Jemmott, University of Huddersfield, UK, Priya E. Maharaj, University of the West Indies, Trinidad, Hazel Da Breo, The Sweet Water Foundation, Grenada

This book sets out an integrated systems model which utilizes a public health approach and ‘whole of society’ philosophy for preventing and responding to child sexual abuse. It guides those engaged in policy, practice and planning concerning gender based violence and child abuse towards a more systemic approach to tackling these problems.

Contents: 1. Preventing Child Sexual Abuse - An Integrated Systems Model * 2. The Roots to Violence * 3. Sexually Harmful Attitudes and Male Privilege * 4. Women’s Spaces, Voices and Action * 5. The Elephants in the System * 6. Collective Complacency and Engendering Community Action * 7. Caribbean Childhoods

November 2014 UK November 2014 US 272pp 13 b/w tables, 18 figures, 16 b/w line drawings Hardback £65.00 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 9781137377654 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Interrogating the Theory and Practice of Communication for Social ChangeThe Basis For a Renewal

Pradip Ninan Thomas, University of Queensland, Australia, Elske van de Fliert, University of Queensland, Australia"Positioning communication within institutional contexts and political and economic conditions, Thomas and van de Fliert's analyses foreground power, not just in terms of deconstruction but also as a way to consider conditions through which communication might succeed. They raise pressing questions about the future of the field and the promotion of communication rights, offering engaging directions for future research."—Karin Gwinn Wilkins, University of Texas at Austin, USA

A new addition to the Palgrave Studies in Communication for Social Change series, this book sets the stage for subsequent books by identifying and analysing the current gaps in the field. It critically reviews the theory, practice and strategies of Communication for Social Change in relation to occurring structures, policies and discourses.

Contents: List of Figures * List of Tables * Preface * 1. Revisiting CSC Theory * 2. Revisiting CSC Practice * 3. Participation in Theory and Practice * 4. Communication, Power and Social Change * 5. Agencies, Structures and Social Change * 6. The IT Fix * 7. The Making and Unmaking of CSC Policy * 8. Complexity, Transdisciplinarity and CSC Strategy * 9. Communication Rights and Social Changes

Palgrave Studies in Communication for Social Change

November 2014 UK November 2014 US 160pp 5 figures Hardback £55.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 9781137426307 Canadian Rights ebooks available

Reclaiming the Public SphereCommunication, Power and Social Change

Edited by Tina Askanius, University of Lund, Sweden, Liv Stubbe Østergaard, Roskilde University, Denmark

This volume brings together a range of different specialists in the arts and cultural industries, as well as international academics and public intellectuals, to explore how media and communication practices for social change are currently being reconfigured in both conceptual and rhetorical terms.

Contents: Table of Contents * List of Figures * List of Tables * Notes on Contributors * Introduction; Tina Askanius and Liv Østergaard * PART I: THEORISING COMMUNICATION FOR CHANGE AND THE TRANSFORMATION OF PUBLIC SPHERES * 1. Voiceblind: Beyond the Paradoxes of the Neoliberal State; Nick Couldry * 2. Researching and Developing Cybercultur@: Emerging Local Knowledge Communities in Latin America; Jorges A. Gonzalez * 3. Advocacy Communication for and about Women; Karin Gwinn Wilkins * 4. The Public Sphere and the Dialectics of Globalization; Thomas Hylland Eriksen * PART II: CONTEMPORARY ACTORS OF SOCIAL CHANGE: ART, TECHNOLOGY AND PUBLIC PEDAGOG Y * 5. What is an Intellectual, Anyway?; Ingrid Elam * 6. What I Think About when I Think About Being an Intellectual; Carsten Jensen * Round-table Discussion led by Thomas Hylland Eriksen, moderated by Oscar Hemer: The Flattening of the Public Sphere and the Loss of Respect for Knowledge * 7. Interview with Måns Adler by Liv Østergaard: The Democratization of Live Streaming Tools * 8. Beyond Polemical Practice: A Tribute to Henry Gireoux; Geetanjali Sachdev * PART III: PRACTITIONERS AND PRACTICES: NEW COMMUNICATION FOR SOCIAL CHANGE PERSPECTIVES AND INITIATIVES * 9. Public Discourses on Gender, Modernity, and Assaults on Women in India; Jyothsna Belliappa * 10. Participation in the Internet Era; Rikke Frank Jørgensen * 11. Communication in Social Movements: A New Perspective on Human Right; Cicilia M. Krohling Peruzzo * 12. Citizen Engagement Through SMS? Audiences ‘Talking Back’ to a Reality TV Edutainment Initiative in Tanzania; Ylva Ekström and Linda Helgesson * 13. Accessing the Public Sphere in Africa Through a Slum Radio Project; Nicky Morrison and Martin Davies * Afterword: Addressing The Challenges of the Present Continous

Palgrave Studies in Communication for Social Change



64

Independence of the Scottish MindElite Narratives, Public Spaces and the Making of a Modern Nation

Gerry Hassan, University of the West of Scotland, UK"This is an extraordinarily important and ambitious book for a historic moment in British history. Fearmongering aside, few are addressing the deeper issues. Gerry Hassan is the leading exception. He has been arguing regularly that much deeper and more interesting forces are at work. His analysis of them in this book will stand as an exemplary exploration for all those interested in their own national questions and the nature of ‘self-determination’ in the era of ‘globalisation’, wherever they may be."—Anthony Barnett, founder Director, Charter 88 and co-founder, Open Democracy

This study explores modern Scotland and examines how Scottish politics, culture and identities have interacted within the national and international contexts in the last thirty years. It considers which voices and opinions have proven influential and defining and charts the boundaries of public conversation to and beyond the independence referendum.

Contents: Introduction: The Scottish Debate and the Crises of Britain* PART I: THE LONG REVOLUTION * 1. Investigating Scotland’s Public Life, Sphere and Voices * 2. Understanding Scotland: Nationhood and the Claim of Sovereignties * 3. Power: Political and Media Dimensions * 4. Scotland’s Public Spaces and the Myth of ‘Civic Scotland’ * 5. The Scottish Media: Continuity, Change, Crisis * PART II: STORIES OF MODERN SCOTLAND * 6. The Scottish Political Commentariat * 7. Restless Nation: Thatcherism’s as Scotland’s ‘Other’ * 8. The Scottish Parliament, Devolution and a New Political Landscape * 9. The Boundaries and Bandwidths of Public Scotland * 10. A Very Different Assembly? Gender, Ethnicity, Class and National Identity * 11. Anatomy of Modern Scotland: Spaces and Places * 12. Political and Cultural Elite Battles and the ‘Children of the Echo’ * 13. Post-Nationalist Scotland, Post-Nationalist UK? * 14. State of Independence





Follow us on


and competitions



Palgrave Macmillan now offers authors and their funders the option to publish open access research across all publication formats. Palgrave Macmillan journal articles, monographs and Palgrave Pivot publications can now be made open access immediately upon publication via Palgrave Open.

Open access ensures the free, unrestricted and rapid communication of the results of scholarly research online.

Palgrave Open publishes all open access content under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution (CC BY) to support maximum dissemination and use.*

Benefits for authors:

• Compliance with a range of international open access policies

• A professional and rigorous peer-review process

• Wide dissemination: open access publishing means that titles are available online, immediately and without restriction

For further information about Palgrave Open, including how to submit a proposal and open access publication charges, please visit our website.

*Alternative Creative Commons licenses are available to authors on request.

www.palgrave.com/open

Announcing our first open access book…

Palgrave Macmillan published its first open access book, Fungal Disease in Britain and the United States 1850-2000 in November 2013.

A NEW MULTIDISCIPLINARY OPEN ACCESS JOURNAL FOR THE HUMANITIES, SOCIAL SCIENCES AND BUSINESS

Combining the rich subject expertise of Palgrave Macmillan with the visibility and innovative technology of Nature Publishing Group, Palgrave Communications combines high quality editorial and production standards, including peer review and the backing of a distinguished international Editorial Board, with an innovative approach to open access publishing. Authors benefi t from fast publication, industry-leading features for online publication such as altmetrics, and improved html view.

QUALITY, INNOVATION AND VISIBILITY

In addition to its multidisciplinary approach, Palgrave Communications particularly welcomes interdisciplinary research, which fosters interaction, creativity and refl ection between the rich disciplines that our project encompasses.

Learn more about Palgrave Communications at www.palgrave-journals.com/palcomms

NOW ACCEPTING SUBMISSIONS

Develop your skills as an acaDemicwith the

palgraveresearch skills

Also available in the series:

Authoring a PhD: How to Plan, Draft, Write and Finish a Doctoral Thesis or Dissertation 1st Edition | 9781403905840

The Postgraduate Research Handbook: Succeed in your MA, MPhil, EdD and PhD 2nd Edition | 9780230521308

HigH quality resources for graduate students, researcHers

and academics

Looking for

teaching &

Learning

resources?

Request your catalogue below or click here to view online

To receive a catalogue simply email

[email protected] or sign up online at palgrave.com/MyPalgrave*Not all Higher Education titles are distributed in the US and Canada;

see website for more details.

RIGHT HEADER

DEVELOPMENT

2014Contents

Civil Society, NGOs and Human Rights

Development Theory

Gender and Development

IPE and Economics of Development

Politics, Governance, Globalization and the State

Poverty and Human Development

Society, Culture and Development

70

72

78

79

70

74

80

TITLES FROM OUR DISTRIBUTIONC L I E N T S

Palgrave Macmillan will no longer distribute I.B.Tauris, Manchester University Press, Pluto Press and Zed Books in 2015. Please visit our website for

information about their new distributors.

CIVIL SOCIETY, NGOS...

70


Land and Freedom The MST, the Zapatistas and Peasant Alternatives to Neoliberalism

Leandro Vergara-Camus, SOAS, University of London, UK

Through a perfect balance of grassroots testimonies, participative observation and consideration of key development and critical political economy debates, Land and Freedom compares, for the first time, the Zapatista and MST movements.

Contents: Introduction * 1. Everyday Life Experience in Historical Context * The Fieldwork Experience * Historical Background to the Current Land Struggles in Brazil and Mexico * 2. New Forms of Peasant Rebellions * Traditional Peasant Rebellions * Human Dignity amidst the Globalisation of Agriculture * 3. Creating Autonomous Rural Communities * Becoming a Landless: Hyper-politicisation of Encampments and Land Occupation * From Encampment to Settlement: the Cooling of Political Activism *

Becoming a Zapatistas: a Commitment to Resistance *and more...

October 2014 US 232pp Hardback $134.95 9781780327433 Paperback $29.95 9781780327426 Published by Zed Books

The Violence of DevelopmentResource Depletion, Environmental Crises and Human Rights Abuses in Central America

Martin Mowforth, University of Plymouth, UK

The Violence of Development examines the failure of 'development' in Central America, where despite billions of dollars of development funding and positive indicators of economic growth, poverty remains entrenched and violence endemic.

Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. Food * 3. Water * 4. Energy * 5. Mining * 6. Deforestation and Reforestation * 7. Industrialisation and Free Trade Treaties * 8. Indigenous Groups * 9. Human Rights, Violence, Assassinations and Drugs * 10. Whither Development?

March 2014 US 240pp Hardback $120.00 9780745333939 Paperback $41.00 9780745333946 Published by Pluto Press

DEVELOPMENT THEORY

Representations of Global PovertyAid, Development and International NGOs

Nandita Dogra, Department of Social Policy at the LSE, UK"This provocative analysis of the visual language of British international non-governmental development organisations raises a set of important and pressing questions, and deserves to be read by practitioner and researcher alike."– David Lewis, Professor of Social Policy and Development, London School of Economics

The book is a timely addition to the growing fields of development and media studies and will be a key resource for academics, policymakers and practitioners alike who have an interest in global poverty, aid, NGOs, and the politics of representation.

Contents: Introduction * 1. Difference: People, Spaces and Problems * 2. Cast of Characters * 3. Distant Spaces * 4. Causes and Solutions of Global Poverty * 5. Oneness * 6. One Humanity * 7. Uniform First World * 8. Reflexivity * 9. Connecting with the Lives of Others * Conclusions: Towards Reflexive Understandings

February 2014 US 248pp Paperback $29.95 / CN$34.50 9781780767734 Published by I. B. Tauris Canadian Rights

The Remaking of Social ContractsGlobal feminists in the 21st Century

Edited by Gita Sen, Development Alternatives with Women for a New Era (DAWN), Philippines, Marina Durano, Development Alternatives with Women for a New Era (DAWN), Philippines

In the context of a powerful analytic framework that takes account of the changing circumstances and issues confronting women at the beginning of the 21st century, DAWN argues from a feminist perspective for reinventing social contracts to fulfill the promise of human rights.

Contents: PART I: INTRODUCTORY OVERVIEW; Gita Sen * PART II: GOVERNING GLOBALIZATION * 1. Marketising Governance; Marina Durano * 2. Political Economy versus Human Rights; Aldo Caliari * 3. Financialization, Distribution and Inequality; Stephanie

Seguino * 4. New Poles of Capital Accumulation; Yao Graham and Hibist Kassa * 5. The Modern Business of War; Oscar Ugarteche * Box II.1. Militarisation, Illicit Economies and Governance; Adebayo Olukoshi * Box II.2. Challenges to Multilateralism; Barbara Adams * PART III: POLITICAL ECOLOGY AND CLIMATE JUSTICE * 6. Climate Non-Negotiables; Anita Nayar * 7. Geo-engineering: A Gender Issue?; Diana Bronson * 8. Land Grabs, Food Security, and Climate Justice; Zo Randriamaro * Box III.1. Green Economy and Fiscal Stimulus; Marina Durano * and more...

September 2014 US 288pp Hardback $134.95 9781780321592 Paperback $34.95 9781780321585 Published by Zed Books

DEVELOPMENT THEORY


The Global Land GrabBeyond the Hype

Edited by Mayke Kaag, African Studies Centre in Leiden, Netherlands, Annelies Zoomers, Utrecht University, Netherlands

This in-depth and empirically diverse volume - taking in case studies from across Africa, Asia and Latin America - takes a step back from the hype to explore a number of key questions surround the issue of land grabbing.

Contents: Introduction: The Global Land Grab Hype - and Why It Is Important to Move Beyond; Mayke Kaag and Annelies Zoomers * PART I: AFRICA * 1. Modernising the Periphery: Citizenship and Ethiopia’s New Agricultural Investment Policies; George Schoneveld and Maru Shete * 2. Large Scale Land Acquisitions in Tanzania: A Critical Analysis of Practices and Dynamics; Jumanne Abdallah, Linda Engström, Kjell Havnevik and Lennart Salomonsson * 3. Kenya and the ‘Global Land Grab: a View

from Below; Jacqueline M. Klopp and Odenda Lumumba * PART II: LATIN-AMERICA * 4. The Rapid Expansion of Genetically Modified Soy Production into the Chaco Region of Argentina; Lucia Goldfarb and Annelies Zoomers * 5. Transnational Land Investment in Costa Rica: Tracing Residential Tourism and its Implications for Development; Femke van Noorloos * 6. Water Grabbing in the Andean Region: Illustrative Cases from Peru and Ecuador; Rutgerd Boelens, Antonio Gaybor and Jan Hendriks * and more...

March 2014 US 288pp Hardback $143.95 9781780328959 Paperback $29.95 9781780328942 Published by Zed Books

EcofeminismNew Edition

Maria Mies, Based in Cologne, Germany, Vandana Shiva, Based in India "This book is prescient: its time is now. It helps us to understand why women are taking the lead in the struggle to resist global forces endangering our survival and to forge a new society. The courage, radicalism and lucidity of Mies and Shiva twenty years ago still guide us on the path ahead." - Gustavo Esteva, grassroots activist and author

The authors offer an analysis of various issues from a unique North-South perspective. They critique prevailing economic theories, conventional concepts of women's emancipation, the myth of 'catching up' development, the philosophical foundations of modern science and

technology, and much more.

Contents: 1. Introduction: Why We Wrote This Book Together * PART I: CRITIQUE AND PERSPECTIVE* 2. Reductionism and Regeneration: A Crisis in Science; Vandana Shiva * 3. Feminist Research: Science, Violence and Responsibility; Maria Mies * PART II: SUBSISTENCE VS. DEVELOPMENT* 4. The Myth of Catching-up Development; Maria Mies * 5. the Impoverishment of the environment: Women and Children Last; Vandana Shiva * 6. Who Made nature our Enemy?; Maria Mies * PART III: THE SEARCH FOR ROOTS* 7. Homeless in the ‘Global Village’; Vandana Shiva * 8. Masculinization of the Motherland; Vandana Shiva * 9. Women have no Fatherland; Maria Mies * 10. White man’s dilemma: His Search for What He has Destroyed; Maria Mies * and more...

Critique. Influence. Change.

April 2014 US 336pp Paperback $19.95 9781780325637 Published by Zed Books

The History of DevelopmentFrom Western Origins to Global Faith, 4th EditionFourth Edition

Gilbert Rist, Graduate Institute of International and Development Studies in Geneva"If you want to understand the ideological forces that have shaped North-South relations for half a century, you need this remarkable book." - Susan George"Compelling and exciting reading ... Rist's book, written with deliciously mild irony, is an account of the most crucial moments in which the rites of a belief embraced by millions were elaborated and canonized." - European Journal of Development Research

In The History of Development, Rist provides a complete and powerful overview of what the idea of development has meant throughout history; tracing its origins in the Western view of history, through the early stages of the

world system, the rise of US hegemony, the supposed triumph of the third world, and more.

Contents: Preface to The Fourth Edition * Preface to The Third Edition * Preface to The Second Edition * Introduction * 1. Definitions of Development * Conventional Thinking *A Methodological Word of Caution *Elements of A Definition *A Scandalous Definition? *‘Development’ as An Element In The Religion of Modernity * 2. Metamorphoses of A Western Myth * Colonization *The League of Nations and The Mandate System *Conclusion * 3. The Beginnings of Globalization * Colonization *The League of Nations and The System Mandates *Conclusion * 4. The Invention of Development * President Truman’s Point Four *A New World-View: ‘Underdevelopment’ *US Hegemony *A New Paradigm *The ‘Development’ Age * 5. The International Doctrine and Institutions Take Root * The Bandung Conference *The New International ‘Development’ Agencies * 6. The Modernization Period Between History and Prophecy * A Philosophy of History: Rostow’s Stages of Economic Growth *Anti-Communism Or Marxism Without Marx? *Dissident Voices * and more...

May 2014 US 320pp Hardback $134.95 9781783600236 Paperback $29.95 9781783600229 Published by Zed Books

Dream ZonesCapitalism and Development in India

Jamie Cross, University of Edinburgh, UK

Dream Zones explores the dreamed of and desired futures that constitute, sustain and disrupt capitalism in contemporary India. This book offers a timely reminder that global political economy is shaped by sentiments as much as reason and that un-realised expectations are the grounds on which new hopes for the future are sown.

Contents: Contents * Note on Language * Glossary and Abbreviations * List of Maps and Illustrations * 1. Dream Zones and Dystopias * 2. The Vision of Growth * 3. The Land of Speculation * 4. The Factory of the Future * 5. The Labour of Aspiration * 6. The Struggles for Tomorrow * 7. Anticipation, Capitalism, Anthropology * Acknowledgements * Endnotes * Bibliography

Anthropology, Culture and Society

April 2014 US 224pp Hardback $99.00 9780745333731 Paperback $33.00 9780745333724 Published by Pluto Press


72


FEMINISMS AND DEVELOPMENT SERIES

Changing Narratives of SexualityContestations, Compliance and Women's Empowerment

Edited by Charmaine Pereira, The Initiative for Women’s Studies, Nigeria

Changing Narratives of Sexuality engages with women’s sexuality, exploring marginal as well as dominant stories in which sexuality may figure overtly or covertly as the subject.

Contents: PART I. Negotiating Desire? * 1. ‘Rewriting Desire as Empowerment in the Women and Memory Forum’s Storytelling Project’; Mona Ali, NY State University * 2. Islam in Urban Bangladesh: Changing Worldviews and Reconfigured Sexuality’; Samia Huq, BRAC University, Dhaka * 3. ‘Loving and Fearing: Township Girls’ Agency amidst Sexual Risk’; Deevia Bhana, University of Kwazulu Natal * PART II. Body Politics and Sexualities * 4. ‘Reporting Anita’: Nudity in Nigerian Newspapers’; Charmaine Pereira and Bibi Bakare Yusuf, Co-Founder Cassava Republic Press,

Abuja * and more...

Feminisms and Development


Feminist Activism, Women’s Rights and Legal Reform

Edited by Mulki Al-Sharmani, University of Helsinki, Finland

Bringing together cases from Middle East, Latin America and Asia; this ground-breaking collection investigates the relationship between feminist activism and legal reform as a pathway to gender justice and social change.

Contents: Foreword; Andrea Cornwall* Introduction: Feminist Activism and Legal Reform: Framing the Issues; Mulki Al-Sharmani * 1. Family Law Reform in Palestine: Positions, Styles, and Contestations; Nahda Shehada, Institute of Social Studies, The Hague, the Netherlands * 2. Readjusting the Women’s Too Many Rights: The State, the Public Voice, and Women’s Rights in South Yemen; Susanne Dahlgren 3. The ‘Religious’ in Debates about Reforming Egyptian Personal Status Laws; Mulki Al-Sharmani * and more...


January 2014 US 224pp Hardback $143.95 9781780329635 Paperback $35.95 9781780329628 Published by Zed Books

Voicing DemandsEdited by Sohela Nazneen, Pathways of Women’s Empowerment Research Programme Consortium, UK, Maheen Sultan, Pathways of Women’s Empowerment, South Asia Hub"This very timely volume of essays by experienced feminist scholar-activists brings authoritative and sobering reflections on the complexities of building authentic feminist constituencies in developing country contexts in which the imperatives of equal rights for previously excluded groups of women can be distorted by a range of transnational forces, whose legal frameworks, financial resources and networks can both legitimate and undermine domestic feminist projects. The impressive achievements and the serious new obstacles faced by women's rights advocates in

transitional contexts, and the feminist movement strategies in response, show the fundamentals of an inclusive politics of self-determination in the context of globalization." - Anne Marie Goetz, chief advisor, peace and security, United Nations Entity for Gender Equality and Women's Empowerment (UN Women)"

Moving towards an analysis of feminist activism for building and sustaining constituencies through raising, legitimizing women's voice under different contexts and the impact of these strategies and processes on women's citizenship. Voicing Demands provides analytical narratives of what has happened to feminist voice in different countries.

Contents: 1. Introduction; Sohela Nazneen and Maheen Sultan * 2. Well-Chosen Compromises? : Feminist Legitimising Voice in Bangladesh; Sohela Nazneen and Maheen Sultan * 3. In the time of the NGO: Women’s Rights Organising in Ghana since the 1990s; Dzodzi Tsikata * 4. Feminisms in Brazil: Voicing and Channeling Women’s Demands in Their Diversity; Cecilia Sardenberg and Ana Alice * 5. South African Revolution: Protracted or Postponed?; Gertrude Festeror * and more...


February 2014 US 304pp Hardback $143.95 9781780329680 Paperback $29.95 9781780329673 Published by Zed Books

Women in PoliticsGender, Power and Development

Mariz Tadros, Institute of Development Studies, UK

In this exciting and pioneering collection, writers from Africa, Latin America, and the Middle East are brought together for the first time to talk explicitly about women's participation in the political scene across the global South.

Contents: Introduction; Islah Jad And Mariz Tadros * 1. Palestinian Women Negotiating The Politics Of Power, And The Power Of Politics; Islah Jad * 2. Woman-Coating Authoritarianism: The Politics Of Affirmative Action In Sudan; Sarah Abbas * 3. The Rise And Fall Of The Quota And Beyond : Egyptian Women’s Stalled Pathways To Political Power; Mariz Tadros * 4. Running Solo: Women Independent Candidates In Sierra Leone; Hussainatu Abdallah * and more...


June 2014 US 304pp Hardback $143.95 9781783600533 Paperback $29.95 9781783600526 Published by Zed Books



Feminisms, Empowerment and DevelopmentChanging Women's Lives

Edited by Andrea Cornwall, University of Sussex, UK, Jenny Edwards, University of Sussex, UK

This book explores what women are doing to change their own economic and political circumstances, and provides in-depth analysis of collective action and institutionalized mechanisms aimed at changing structural relations.

Contents: 1. Introduction: Negotiating Empowerment; Andrea Cornwall and Jenny Edwards * PART I: TOOLS FOR TRANSFORMATION? * 2. Legal Reform, Women’s Empowerment, and Social Change: The Case of Egypt; Mulki Al-Sharmani * 3. Quotas: A Pathway of Political Empowerment?; Ana Alice Alcantara Costa * 4. Education: Pathway to Empowerment for Ghanaian Women?; Akosua K. Darkwah * 5. Women’s Voices, Work and Bodily Integrity in Pre-Conflict, Conflict and

Post-Conflict Reconstruction Processes in Sierra Leone?; Hussainatu J. Abdullah, Aisha F. Ibrahim and Jamesina King * 6. No Path to Power: Civil Society, State Services, and the Poverty of City Women; Hania Sholkamy * PART II: MOBILISING FOR CHANGE: STRATEGIES AND TACTICS * 7. Subversively Accommodating: Feminist Bureaucrats and Gender Mainstreaming; Rosalind Eyben * 8. Crossroads of Empowerment: The Organisation of Women Domestic Workers in Brazil; Terezinha Gonalves * 9. Reciprocity, Distancing, and Opportunistic Overtures: Women’s Organisations Negotiating Legitimacy and Space in Banglades; Sohela Nazneen and Maheen Sultan * and more...


April 2014 US 256pp Hardback $143.95 9781780325842 Paperback $29.95 9781780325835 Published by Zed Books

Women and ICT in Africa and the Middle EastChanging Selves, Changing Societies

Ineke Buskens, GRACE (Gender Research into Information Communication Technology for Empowerment), South Africa, Anne Webb, GRACE (Gender Research into Information Communication Technology for Empowerment), South Africa

What is the link between Information Communication Technology (ICT) and women’s empowerment in today’s development context? How can ICT facilitate the pursuit of visions for a better world? Avoiding both ‘techno-euphoric’ and ‘techno-pessimistic’ hype this book offers answers.

Contents: Foreword; Matthew L. Smith * Introduction: ICT and Social Change: Expanding Selves and Changing Societies; Ineke Buskens * 1. Focused Intent and the Objectivity of Love:

A Research Methodology for Women’s Empowerment in the Information Age; Ineke Buskens * PART I: PERSONAL AND PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT: THE POWER OF TECHNOLOGY VERSUS THE TECHNOLOGY OF POWER* 2. Healthy Women, Healthy Society: ICT and the Need for Women’s Empowerment in Yemen; Ahlam Hibatulla Ali, Huda Omer Basaleem, Nada Asyed Hassan, Nagat Ali Mukbil, Abeer Shaef Abdo * 3. Implications for Computer Proficiency and Women’s Empowerment: Gendered Experiences of ICT inferiority at the University of Khartoum: Implications for Computer Proficiency and Empowerment; Amel Mustafa Mubarak * 4. Towards Computer Science Education Free of Gender Stereotyping: Addressing the Hidden Curriculum at the National University of Science and Technology in Zimbabwe; Buhle Mbambo-Thata and Sibonile Moyo *and more...

November 2014 US 256pp Hardback $134.95 9781783600434 Paperback $39.95 9781783600427 Published by Zed Books

Leftover WomenThe Resurgence of Gender Inequality in China

Leta Hong Fincher, Based in Hong Kong, China"Cast aside what you think you know about the 'empowered' women of China today. For any curious observer of China or women's issues, this is one to read." - Kristie Lu Stout, Anchor/Correspondent, CNN International"A brilliant, compelling, and innovative study of contemporary China and one of the most important sociological inquiries into the political economy of gender. Leta Hong Fincher's richly detailed research and critical analysis of gender politics in 'Leftover' Women provide an indispensable resource for anyone who wants to understand the key socioeconomic transformations in postsocialist China." - Lydia H. Liu, Columbia University, co-editor of The Birth of Chinese Feminism

Leftover Women debunks the popular myth that women have fared well as a result of post-socialist China's economic reforms and breakneck growth. Laying out the structural discrimination against women in China will speak to broader problems with China's economy, politics, and development.

Contents: Introduction * 1. China’s ‘Leftover’ Women * 2. How Chinese Women were shut out of the Biggest Accumulation of Real Estate Wealth in History * 3. China’s growing Wealth Gap * 4. The Web of Abuse * 5. Back to the Ming Dynasty * 6. The Harmonious Society * Conclusion

Asian Arguments



74


Polarizing DevelopmentAlternatives to Neoliberalism and the Crisis

Edited by Lucia Pradella, Ca’Foscari University of Venice, Italy, Thomas Marois, SOAS, University of London, UK

This unique collection of essays polarizes the debate between radical and reformist alternatives by exploring head-on the antagonistic structure of capitalist development in Latin America, Southern Asia, Europe, the US and the Middle East.

Contents: Introduction: Beyond Neoliberalism? The World Market, Crisis, and Alternatives; Lucia Pradella and Thomas Marois *Part I: Alternative Themes * 1. The Myth of Marx as a Developmental Economist; Lucia Pradella * 2. Thinking about the State, Development, and Alternatives to Emerging Finance Capitalism; Thomas Marois * 3. Marxism and the Problems of Developmental Statism; Ben Selwyn * 4. Globalisation and the

Crisis: Challenges Facing Workers North and South; John Smith * 5. South-South ‘Cooperation’?; Dae-oup Chang * and more...

November 2014 US 280pp Hardback $125.00 9780745334707 Paperback $42.00 9780745334691 Published by Pluto Press

Introducing a New EconomicsPluralist, Sustainable, Progressive

Jack Reardon, Hamline University, USA, Maria Alejandra Caporale Madi, Ordem dos Economistas do Brasil, Molly Cato, Roehampton University, UK "The news today is dominated by inter-related economic and ecological crises, and economic theory should enable you to better understand both. Conventional economic textbooks take far too narrow an approach to help here. Reardon, Madi and Cato’s text is the exception that embeds economics in society and ecology and enables these complex interacting problems to be properly appreciated." – Professor Steve Keen

This groundbreaking textbook introduces basic economic principles from a new perspective, characterized by its

uniquely pluralist, sustainable, progressive and global approach.

Contents: PART I: INTRODUCTION * 1: Today’s Problems and the Importance of Economics from a Pluralist Perspective * 2: Sustainability, Resources and the Environment * PART II: HUMAN SUSTAINABILITY WITHIN AN ECONOMIC CONTEXT * 4: Livelihoods and Work * 5: Unemployment and Employment * 6: Power and Capital * 7: Individuals, Markets and Institutions * 8: Money and Debt * and more...


How Capitalism Failed the Arab WorldThe Economic Roots and Precarious Future of the Middle East Uprisings

Richard Javad Heydarian, Ateneo De Manila University, Philippines"Richard Heydarian has written a lucidly argued and impressive critique of the negative effects of neoliberal capitalism and globalization on the well-being of the Arab nations." - Richard Falk, Milbank Professor of International Law Emeritus, Princeton University

In How Capitalism Failed the Arab World, Richard Heydarian shows how years of political autocracy, corruption and economic mismanagement have encouraged people to revolt, and how the initial optimism of the uprisings is now giving way to bitter power struggles and increasing uncertainty.

Contents: Foreword by Walden Bello * 1. A Brave New Middle East: The Birth of a New Era * 2. The Anti-Development State: Economic Origins of Arab Upheavals * 3. The Advent of Economic Globalization: A Prelude to Crisis * 4. The Great Recession: Collapse of the Arab Crony Capitalism * 5. The New Powerbrokers: Political Islam and the Arab Summer * 6. Gulf Exceptionalism: How the Monarchies have Reshaped the Arab Spring * 7. Peering into Abyss: The Arab Spring at the Crossroads * 8. Where Do We Go From Here?: Finding the True Path to an Arab Spring

Economic Controversies

March 2014 US 224pp Hardback $125.95 9781780329581 Paperback $19.95 9781780329574 Published by Zed Books

Displacement Economies in AfricaParadoxes of Crisis and Creativity

Edited by Amanda Hammar, Copenhagen University, Denmark

Based on empirical case studies from across sub-Saharan Africa, the authors provide fresh insights into the unexpected changes, complex agency and persistent dynamism entailed in displacement processes.

Contents: Introduction * 1. Displacement Economies and Paradoxes of Crisis and Creativity in Africa; Amanda Hammar * PART I: ECONOMIES OF RUPTURE AND REPOSITIONING* 2. Securing Livelihoods. Economic Practice in the Darfur -Chad Borderlands; Andrea Behrends * 3. Contested Spaces, New Opportunities: Displacement, Return and the Rural Economy in Casamance, Senegal ; Martin Evans * 4. The Paradoxes of Class: Crisis, Displacement and Repositioning in Post-2000 Zimbabwe; Amanda Hammar * PART II: RESHAPING ECONOMIC SECTORS,

MARKETS AND INVESTMENT * 5. Rapid Adaptations to Change and Displacements in the Lundas (Angola); Cristina Udelsmann Rodrigues * 6. Somali Displacements and Shifting Markets: Camel Milk in Nairobi’s Eastleigh Estate; Hannah Elliott * and more...

Africa Now




Bread, Freedom, Social JusticeWorkers and the Egyptian Revolution

Anne Alexander, University of Cambridge, UK, Mostafa Bassiouny, based in Egypt

This authoritative and original book argues that collective action by organised workers played a fundamental role in the Tunisian and Egyptian revolutions; which were themselves the inevitable consequence to several years of strikes.

Contents: 1. From Nasserism to Neoliberalism * 2. The Changing Structure of the Egyptian Working Class in the Neo-liberal Era * 3. Strikes, Protests and the Development of a Revolutionary Crisis * 4. Organisation in the Workplace Before the Revolution: the Nasserist Model in Crisis * 5. From Strike Committee to Independent Union * 6. The Revolution’s Social Soul: Workers and the January Revolution * 7. Workers’ Organisations Since the Revolution * Conclusion: the Limits of Trade-unionism and the

Search for a Political Voice


Co-operatives in a Post-Growth EraCreating Co-operative Economics

Edited by Sonja Novkovic, Saint Mary’s University, Canada, Tom Webb, Saint Mary’s University School of Business, Canada

Featuring a remarkable roster of internationally renowned critical thinkers, Co-operatives in a Post-Growth Era presents a feasible alternative for a more environmentally sustainable and equitable economic system based on the co-operative business model.

Contents: Introduction; Sonja Novkovic and Tom Webb * PART I: WHAT IS THE NEW ECONOMY AND WHY DO WE NEED IT* 1. The World on a Collision Course; Manfred Max Neef * 2. The New Economy; Neva Goodwin * 3. The World We Need; Richard Wilkinson and Kate Pickett * 4. Prosperity and Sustainability; William Rees * 5. Limits to Growth Revisited; Peter Victor * 6. Complexity: Shock, Innovation, and Resilience; Thomas Homer-Dixon * 7. The Role of Financial Capital in a New Economy; John Fullerton* PART II: COOPERATIVES AND THE NEW ECONOMY* 8. Cooperative Entrepreneurship; Stefano Zamagni * 9. Are Cooperatives a Viable Business Form? Lessons from Behavioural Economics; Morris Altman * 10. The Cooperative Enterprise: A Valid Alternative for a More Balanced Society; Vera Negri Zamagni * and more...


Capitalism and Its AlternativesChris Rogers, Department of Politics, University of York, UK

In Capitalism and Its Alternatives, Chris Rogers provides a critical introduction to theories of capitalism, the forms of its crises in historical and contemporary contexts, as well as reflecting on the practice of anti-capitalism and the ways that economic and social relations are shaped, reshaped and resisted

Contents: Introduction: Capitalism and Its Alternatives * 1. Four Faces of Capitalism * 2. Capitalism and Its Crises * 3. Alternatives to Capitalism * 4. Anti-Capitalism * Conclusions: From Here to There? *


Europe on the BrinkThe Sovereign Debt Crisis - A Memorandum from the Periphery

Edited by Tony Phillips, Writer and Financial Economist, Argentina

European Debt Crisis is a critical investigation of the root causes of the crisis, and the often misguided policy choices made to ‘resolve’ it.

Contents: 1. Introduction; Tony Phillips (ed.) * 2. Crises and Contagion: A Survey; Joseph Stiglitz, Anzhela Knyazeva and Diana Knyazeva * 3. What Causes Financial Crises? * 4. Derivatives: The Mechanics of Contagion; Tony Phillips * 5. Countering Myths about Portugeuse Debt; Mariana Mortagua * 6. Delicate Finances and Speculative Attacks - Portugal: Could Things have been Different? * 7. Greece: Europe’s Worst Success Story; Christina Laskaridis * 8. The Greek Debt Fiasco * 9. Argentina 2001: a Heterodox Exit from the Crisis; Roberto Lavagna * 10. Crisis 2001 And Recovery - 2002 to 2006 * 11. Epilogue; Tony Phillips

August 2014 US 224pp Hardback $134.95 9781783602148 Paperback $29.95 9781783602131 Published by Zed Books


76

How Numbers Rule the WorldThe Use and Abuse of Statistics in Global Politics

Lorenzo Fioramonti, University of Heidelberg, Germany

Fioramonti provides a critique of the current 'data fever', showing both the direct and indirect consequences of the increasing power of numbers. He investigates innovative attempts to resist the invasion of mainstream statistics by providing alternative measurements or rejecting quantification altogether.

Contents: Introduction: The Politics of Statistics * 1. The Power of Numbers * 2. New Global Rulers: the Untameable Power of Credit Rating Agencies * 3. Fiddling while the Planet Burns: the Marketization of Climate Change * 4. Measuring the Unmeasurable: the Financialization of Nature * 5. Numbers for Good? The Quest for Aid Effectiveness and Social Impact * Conclusion: Rethinking Numbers, Rethinking Governance

Economic Controversies


Diasporas, Development and Peacemaking in the Horn of AfricaEdited by Liisa Laakso, University of Helsinki Finland, Petri Hautaniemi, University of Helsinki, Finland

Written by scholars working at the cutting edge of diaspora and conflict, this book challenges the conventional wisdom that diaspora are all too often warmongers, their time abroad causing them to become more militant in their engagement with local affairs. Rather, they can and should be a force for good in bringing peace to their home countries.

Contents: Introduction: Diasporas for Peace and Development; Petri Hautaniemi and Liisa Laakso * PART I: CONTEXTUALISING THE HORN OF AFRICA AND THE DIASPORA* 1. Diaspora and Multi-level Governance for Peace; Liisa Laakso * 2. Regional Political History and the Production of Diaspora; Guenther Schlee * PART II: CASE STUDIES FROM THE HORN OF AFRICA* 3. Rebuilding Somaliland through Economic and Educational Engagement; Markus Virgil Hoehne and Mohamed Hassan Ibrahim * 4. The Somali Diaspora in Conflict and Peacebuilding: the Peace Initiative Program; Mahdi Abdile * 5. The 2007 Delegation of the Muslim Diaspora to Ethiopia; Dereje Feyissa * 6. Ethiopian Diaspora and the Tigray Development Association; Bahru Zewde, Gebre Yntiso and Kassahun Berhanu * and more...

Africa Now


The New ExtractivismA Post-Neoliberal Development Model or Imperialism of the 21st Century?

Henry Veltmeyer, Saint Mary’s University, Canada, James Petras, Binghamton University, USA

The New Extractivism addresses a fundamental dilemma faced by these governments: to pursue, or not, a development strategy based on resource extraction in the face of immense social and environmental costs, not to mention mass resistance from the people negatively affected by it?

Contents: Introduction * 1. A New Model or Extractive Imperialism? * 2. Argentina: Extractivist Dynamics of Soya Production and Open Pit Mining; Norma Giarracca and Miguel Teubal * 3. Bolivia: Between Voluntarist Developmentalism and Pragmatic Extractivism; Henry Veltmeyer * 4. Colombia: The Mining Boom: A Catalyst of Development or Resistance?; Kyla

Sankey * 5. Ecuador: Extractive Capital and Postneoliberalism; Verónica Albuja and Pablo Dávalos * 6. Mexico: The Political Ecology of Mining ; Darcy Tetreault * 7. Peru: Extractive Capital and Social Resistance; Jan Lust * 8. Theses on Extractive Imperialism and the Post-neoliberal State

April 2014 US 304pp Hardback $143.95 9781780329932 Paperback $29.95 9781780329925 Published by Zed Books

Africa’s Urban RevolutionPolicy Pressures

Edited by Susan Parnell, University of Cape Town, South Africa, Edgar Pieterse, University of Cape Town, South Africa

Drawing on the expertise of scholars and practitioners associated with the African Centre for Cities, and utilising a diverse array of case studies, the book provides comprehensive insight into the key issues - demographic, cultural, political, technical, environmental and economic - surrounding African urbanization.

Contents: 1. Introduction; Susan Parnell and Edgar Pieterse * PART I: DRIVERS OF AFRICAN URBANIZATION * 2. Urbanization as a Global Historical Process: Theory and Evidence from Sub-Saharan Africa; Sean Fox * 3. Sub-Saharan African Urbanization and Global Environmental Change; Susan Parnell and Ruwani Walawege * 4.

Conflict and Post-War Transition in African Cities; Jo Beall and Tom Goodfellow * 5. Dimensions of Religion in African Cities: Personal, Political And Social; Carole Rakodi * 6. Linking Urbanization and Development in Africa’s Economic Revival; Ivan Turok * PART II: POLICY IMPERATIVES * 7. Feeding African Cities: The Growing Challenge of Urban Food Insecurity; Jonathan Crush and Bruce Frayne * 8. Transport Pressures in Urban Africa: Practices, Policies, Perspectives; Gordon Pirie * 9. Decentralization Imperatives in Africa; Warren Smit and Edgar Pieterse * 10. The Challenge of Urban Planning Law Reform in African Cities; Stephen Berrisford * and more...


MIGRATION, ETHNICITY & IDENTITY


Corporatization and Public Services in the Global South

Edited by David McDonald, Queen’s University, Canada

Taking in case studies from Asia, Africa and Latin America, this book examines the structures and ideologies of corporatization in water and electricity services in countries in the Global South, asking can corporatization be considered a ‘progressive’ form of public service delivery, or just another variant of commercialization.

Contents: 1. Introduction: Public Ambiguity and Multiple Meanings of Corporatization; David A McDonald * 2. An Exceptional Electricity Company in an Atypical Social Democracy: Costa Rica’s ICE; Daniel Chavez * 3. Hybrid Water Governance in Burkina Faso; Catherine Baron * 4. An ‘Arab Spring’ for Corporatization? Tunisia’s National Electricity Company (STEG);

Ali Bennasr and Eric Verdeil * 5. Modernization and the Boundaries of Public Water in Uruguay; Susan Spronk, Carlos Crespo and Marcela Olivera * 6. Can Public Survive Corporatization? The Case of TNB in Malaysia; Nepomuceno A. Malaluan * 7. Quasi-Public: Water Districts in the Philippines; Buenaventura B. Dargantes, Victor G. Chiong, Hedda P. Dargantes and Elsie B. Mira * 8. The EU; Emanuele Lobina * 9. Conclusion; David A McDonald


Reclaiming DevelopmentAn Alternative Economic Policy ManualNew Edition

Ha-Joon Chang, University of Cambridge, UK, Ilene Grabel, University of Denver, USA "Chang and Grabel demolish the myths (or fabrications) underlying neo-liberal views about economic development and provide succinct, constructive suggestions for policies regarding trade and industry, privatization and intellectual property rights, private capital movements, financial regulation, and macroeconomics. Reclaiming Development is a manifesto that should be on the shelves of policy-makers, academics, and students worldwide." - Lance Taylor, Arnhold Professor, New School University, and author of Reconstructing Macroeconomics

Reclaiming Development confronts the validity of the neoliberal economic development model head-on by combining devastating economic logic with an in-depth analysis of the historical experiences of leading Western and East Asian economies.

Contents: Foreword by Robert H. Wade * Preface to the ‘Influential Thinking’ edition * Introduction: Reclaiming Development * PART I. MYTHS AND REALITIES ABOUT DEVELOPMENT * Introduction * 1. Myth 1: Today’s Wealthy Countries Achieved Success through a Steadfast Commitment to the Free Market * 2. Myth 2: Neo-liberalism Works * 3. Myth 3: Neoliberal Globalisation Cannot and Should Not be Stopped * 4. Myth 4: The Neo-liberal American Model of Capitalism Represents the Ideal that All Developing Countries Should Seek to Replicate * and more...


February 2014 US 256pp Paperback $19.95 9781780325590 Published by Zed Books


Transit StatesLabour, Migration and Citizenship in the Gulf

Edited by Abdulhadi Khalaf, Lund University, Sweden, Omar AlShehabi, Gulf Centre for Development Policies, Bahrain, Adam Hanieh, SOAS, University of London, UK"A novel and a crucial contribution to the study of migration through the lens of political economy, applicable to sociology, anthropology, and historical studies, [...] a rich and comprehensive collection that is relevant to the most contemporary debates." – Immanuel Ness, Professor Department of Political Science, Brooklyn College, City University of New York, USA

Bringing together experts on the Gulf,Transit States confronts the precarious working conditions of migrants in a accessible, yet in-depth manner.


Sans PapiersThe Social and Economic Lives of Undocumented Migrants

Alice Bloch, University of Manchester, UK, Nando Sigona, Refugee Studies Centre, University of Oxford, Roger Zetter, School of Planning, Oxford Brookes University, UK

Undocumented migration is a huge global phenomenon, yet little is known about the reality of life for those involved. This book combines a contemporary account of the theoretical and policy debates with an in-depth exploration of the lived experiences of undocumented migrants in the UK from Zimbabwe, China, Brazil, Ukraine and Turkish Kurdistan.

Contents: 1. Conceptual, Theoretical and Policy Frameworks and Contexts * 2. Migration and Youth * 3. Arrival and Settlement: Coping with Irregularity in Everyday Life * 4. Employment and Livelihoods * 5. Social Lives and Social Networks * 6. Making (or Not Making) Plans for the Future * 7. Conclusion *

June 2014 US 216pp Hardback $115.00 9780745332611 Paperback $37.00 9780745333908 Published by Pluto Press


78


Blinded by HumanityInside the UN’s Humanitarian Operations

Martin Barber, London, UK

How to respond effectively to humanitarian crises is one of the most seemingly intractable problems facing the United Nations. Martin Barber, a former senior UN official with decades of humanitarian experience, here argues that for the UN ‘failure’ lies not with any lack of good intentions but with the constraints placed on aid workers by policies.

Contents: List of illustrations * Foreword by Lord Malloch-Brown * Preface * Acknowledgements * Introduction * 1. Starting Out – in Laos * 2. Across the Mekong – with Indo-Chinese Refugees in Thailand * 3. Refugees, Asylum-seekers and IDPs – the View from Europe in the 1980s * 4. Afghanistan – The Missed Opportunities * 5. Crisis in Europe’s Backyard – Coordinating International Efforts in Bosnia and Herzegovina * 6. A Secretary General from the United Nations - Kofi Annan’s Impact on how the UN Deals with Crises * 7. Landmines - The Hidden Mutilators * 8. Aid from Arabia – Lessons for the West? * 9. Pulling it All Together – Coordination of International Response to Crises *10. Blinded by Humanity * Appendix – ‘How can I get a job with the United Nations?’ * Suggested Further Reading * Acronyms * Glossary * Index

December 2014 US 272pp 22 bw in 8pp plates Hardback $40.00 / CN$46.00 9781784530679 Published by I. B. Tauris Canadian Rights

Developing AfricaConcepts and Practices in Twentieth-Century Colonialism

Edited by Joseph M. Hodge, West Virginia University, USA, Gerald Hödl, Independent Scholar, Austria, Martina Kopf, University of Vienna, Austria,

This book investigates development in British, French and Portuguese colonial Africa during the last decades of colonial rule. During this period, development became the central concept underpinning the relationship between metropolitan Europe and colonial Africa.

Contents: General Editor’s Introduction * Introduction; Joseph Hodge and Gerald Hödl * PART I: MEANINGS OF DEVELOPMENT IN TWENTIETH-CENTURY COLONIALISM* 1. From Dead End to New Lease of Life: Development in South-Eastern Tanganyika from the Late 1930s to the 1950s; Juhani Koponen * 2. Developing ‘Portuguese Africa’ in Late Colonialism: Confronting Discourses; Cláudia Castelo * 3. A History of Maendeleo: the Concept of ‘development’ in Tanganyika’s Late Colonial Cublic Sphere; Emma Hunter * PART II: ECONOMIC AND RURAL DEVELOPMENT* 4. The ‘Private’ Face of African Development Planning during the Second World War; Billy Frank * 5. Ecological Concepts of Development? The Case of colonial Zambia; Sven Speek * 6. Developing Rural Africa: Rural Development Discourse in Colonial Zimbabwe, 1944–79; E.Kushinga Makombe * 7. The Tractor as a Tool of Development? The Mythologies and Legacies of Mechanised Tropical Agriculture in French Africa, 1944–56; Céline Pessis * and more...

Studies in Imperialism

October 2014 US 432pp 1 b&w illustration & 1 table Hardback $110.00 9780719091803 Published by Manchester University Press Canadian Rights

Africa’s World TradeInformal Economies and Globalization from Below

Margaret C. Lee, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill

Featuring a wealth of oral histories from across sub-Saharan Africa and beyond - including African markets in China - Africa’s World Trade offers a unique insight into how the complexity of international trade agreements can shape the everyday lives of ordinary Africans.

Contents: Acknowledgements * Acronyms and Abbreviations * Introduction * 1. Globalization from Above and Globalization from Below * 2. Chocolate City (Guangzhou) in China * 3. The Non-Hegemonic World of Africa-China Trade * 4. Humanizing the US African Growth and Opportunity Act (AGOA): Inside Apparel and Textile Factories * Conclusion * Appendices * Bibliography

Africa Now


Chinese Migrants and Africa’s DevelopmentNew Imperialists or Agents of Change?

Giles Mohan, The Open University, UK, Ben Lampert, The Open University, UK, Daphne Chang, Open University, UK, May Tan-Mullins, University of Nottingham Ningbo, China

This book is the first to systematically study the impacts of China’s growing involvement in Africa. It focuses not just on the Chinese migrants but also on the perceptions of, and linkages to, their African ‘hosts’.

Contents: Introduction - The Chinese in Africa: Migration and Development Beyond the West * 1. China’s Opening Up - Internationalization, Liberalization and Emigration * 2. Africa as Opportunity - Chinese Interests, Motives and Aspirations * 3. Chinese Socio-economic Life in Africa - Networks and Realities * 4. Politicising Race, Class and Ethnicity - Controversy and Conflict *

5. Everyday Sino-African Interactions - Towards Conviviality, Cooperation and Mutual Benefit * 6. African Attitudes, Responses and Drivers - the Importance of Local Agency * Conclusion - South-South Migration and the Future of Development

July 2014 US 192pp Hardback $143.95 9781780329178 Paperback $29.95 9781780329161 Published by Zed Books

POVERTY & HUMAN DEVELOPMENT


Global Governance and the New WarsThe Merging of Development and SecurityNew Edition

Mark Duffield, University of Bristol, UK

In this hugely influential book, originally published in 2001 but just as - if not more - relevant today, Mark Duffield shows how war has become an integral component of development discourse. This is an essential work for anyone studying, interested in, or working in development or international security.

Contents: Foreword * Preface to the ‘Influential Thinking’ Edition * 1. Introduction: The New Development-Security Terrain * 2. The Merging of Development and Security * 3. Strategic Complexes and Global Governance * 4. The New Humanitarianism * 5. Global Governance and the Causes Of Conflict * 6. The Growth of Transborder Shadow Economies * 7. Non-Liberal Political Complexes and The New Wars * 8. Internal Displacement and the New Humanitarianism: Displacement and Complicity In Sudan

(Part 1) * 9. Aid and Social Subjugation: Displacement and Complicity In Sudan (Part 2) * 10. Conclusion: Global Governance, Moral Responsibility and Complexity * Bibliography


March 2014 US 320pp Paperback $19.95 9781780325606 Published by Zed Books

Grassroots Post-modernismRemaking the Soil of CulturesNew Edition

Gustavo Esteva, Universidad de la Tierra en Oaxaca, Mexico, Madhu Suri Prakash, Penn State University, USA"Grassroots Postmodernism is daring in its thesis that the real postmodernists are to be found among the Zapotecos and Rajasthanis of the majority world. It is a hard-hitting in its attacks against progressive commonplaces, like global responsibility, human rights, individual independence, and democracy. And it is eye-opening in its illustrations how common people, amidst the rubbles of the development epoch, stitch their cultural fabric together and unwittingly move beyond the impasse of modernity." - Wolfgang Sachs

This book resolutely attacks the three sacred cows of modernity - the idea that there is only one, universally

valid way of understanding social reality; the exclusive and general validity of Western-defined notions of ‘human’; and the notion of the self-sufficient individual, as opposed to people-in-community.

Contents: 1. Grassroots Post-modernism: Beyond the Individual Self, Human Rights and Development * 2. From the Global to the Local: Beyond Neo-Liberalism to the International of Hope * 3. Beyond the Individual Self: Regenerating Ourselves. * 4. Human Rights: The Trojan Horse of Recolonization? * 5. People’s Power: Radical Democracy for the Autonomy of their Commons * 6. Epilogue: The Grassroots Post-modern Epic *


September 2014 US 248pp Paperback $19.95 9781783601820 Published by Zed Books


Climate Change and Human DevelopmentHannah Reid, International Institute for Environment and Development, UK

Drawing on case studies gathered by the UP in Smoke group, this book provides new models for human development in a climate-change-constrained future as well as positive solutions to tackling climate change at the macro-level.

Contents: Introduction * 1. Climate change: What to Expect * 2. Food and farming * 3. Water * 4. Health * 5. Energy * 6. Disasters * 7. The Natural Environment * 8. Cities * 9. Women * 10. Trade * 11. Migration * 12. Conflict * 13. What Next?

August 2014 US 224pp Hardback $143.95 9781780324418 Paperback $34.95 9781780324401 Published by Zed Books

PBClick on the regional link to view more product information or to buy.80



History of Water, A, Series III, Volume 1Water and Urbanization

Edited by Terje Tvedt, University of Bergen & University of Oslo, Norway, Terje Oestigaard, Nordic Africa Institute, Uppsala, Sweden

These three volumes present an original exploration of all aspects of water – social, cultural, political, religious, historical, economic and technological – from ancient times until the present day.

Contents: Introduction: Urbanization and Water Systems * PART I: THE FIRST CITIES, THEIR LOCALIZATION AND STRUCTURE* 1. Ancient Jericho/Tell es-Sultan. The Tale of an Early City and Water Control in Ancient Palestine * 2. Mohenjo-daro, Indus Valley Civilization: Water Supply and Water Use in the Third Millennium BC * 3. Xian: Water Management and the Development of the City Planning in History * 4. Phoenician Cities and Water: The Role of Sacred Sources in the Urban Development of Motya, Western Sicily * 5. Waters at Babylon * 6. Water Control in Ancient Greek Cities * 7. Plumbing Ancient Rome * PART II: WATER SYSTEMS AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT THROUGH HISTORY* 8. Aksum: Water and Urbanization in Northern Ethiopia * 9. Machu Picchu: Water Engineering in the Mountains * 10. The Water Supply of Byzantine and Ottoman Constantinople * 11. Timbuktu: Origin of Urbanism by the ‘Mother’s well’ * 12. Water Management in a Maritime Culture: The Swahili Coast of East Africa * 13. Holy Wells, Hot Springs and Royal Baths: Water and Socio-cultural Developments in Medieval and Post-medieval Ethiopia * 14. An Urban Structure Along the Sacred Waters of the Ganges in Varanasi * 15. Damascus: the Death of the Garden of Eden * 16. An Environmental History of the Viennese Sanitation System – from Roman to Modern Times * and more...

August 2014 US 650pp Hardback $135.00 / CN$155.00 9781780764474 Published by I. B. Tauris Canadian Rights

Reclaiming RightsGrassroots Strategies in Post-Disaster Situations

Jane Krishnadas, Keele University, UK, Krishnadas Sukumaran, Based in India

Reclaiming Rights explores reconstruction efforts after natural and man-made disasters. The book focuses on gender and empowerment, showing that women are often quick to break free from the pre-disaster systems of rights and take a leading role in reconstruction.

Contents: 1. Introduction: Rights in Reconstruction * 2. Reconstructing Rights * 3. Civil and Political Rights in Reconstruction * 4. Economic, Social and Cultural Rights in Reconstruction * 5. Women’s, Religious, and Race Rights in Reconstruction * 6. Individual Litigations: Gender v Religion v Caste? * 7. Public Interest Litigation; Rights to Equality: Collective Identities and Basic Needs * 8. Alternative Strategies, Resilience, Resistance, Mobilisation * 9. Rights in Crisis *

February 2014 US 224pp Hardback $110.00 9780745326931 Published by Pluto Press

Feminism and MenNikki van der Gaag, Based in the UK

Men have been overlooked in the role of feminism for quite some time. Feminism and Men looks at key questions in this ongoing debates and answer the questions are men the villains, victims, neither or both when it comes to feminism.

Contents: 1. Neither Villains Nor Victims? Setting the Context * 2. Why Can’t Boys Wear Skirts? Family Attitudes and Growing Up * 3. Not One Man but Many Men - Different Kinds of Masculinities and Femininities - LGBT Issues * 4. Blame and Shame - What Prevents Boys and Men from Breaking the Stereotypes? * 5. Patriarchy and Power - Race and Class and Poverty and how this Relates to Gender * 6. Gender in the Development Debates and how Men are Left Out * 7. Caring and Sharing - Fatherhood, Housework and Paternity Leave * 8. Jobs for the Boys? - Effects

of the Economic Crisis, Where and Why Women are Doing Better Than Men, but also the Glass Ceiling * 9. It Takes Guts - Fear and Violence and how Men and Women are Working Against It * 10. Hot Like Me - Sex and Sexualisation of Young People, Lap Dancing and the Rise of Internet Porn * 11. A Direct Line to God? - Religion and Culture * 12. Conclusion - What Next? How Do Men Benefit from Gender Equality? What Will Make Change Happen? *


Media and DevelopmentDevelopment Matters

Martin Scott, University of East Anglia

This book provides a critical, interdisciplinary introduction to the relationship between media and development. It is unique in focusing not just on the subject of development communication, but also on media development and media representations of development and of developing countries.

Contents: Introduction * 1. Media for Development: Magic Bullet or Corporate Tool? * 2. Participatory Communication in Development: More Questions than Answers * 3. Defining Media Development: Nailing Jelly to a Wall * 4. From Media Development to Development: A Long and Winding Road * 5. Strategies of Humanitarian Communication: Choose Wisely * 6. Media Coverage of the Global South: Who Cares? * Conclusion

Development Matters


80

Development 2014 Final AW · 3 DEVELOPMENT 2014 SCHOLARLY RESOURCES Christina M. Brian, Publisher...

Documents

Transcript of Development 2014 Final AW · 3 DEVELOPMENT 2014 SCHOLARLY RESOURCES Christina M. Brian, Publisher...